Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D11-050 - KEY BANK - TENANT IMPROVEMENT
KEY BANK 275 ANDOVER PK W D11 -050 City oil/Tukwila • Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Inspection Request Line: 206 - 431 -2451 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.gov Parcel No.: 9202470010 Address: 275 ANDOVER PK W TUKW Suite No: Project Name: KEY BANK DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Permit Number: Issue Date: Permit Expires On: D11-050 06/17/2011 12/14/2011 Owner: Name: WESTFIELD PROPERTY TAX DEPT Address: PO BOX 130940 , CARLSBAD CA 92013 Contact Person: Name: JOE KENNY Address: 1420 FIFTH AV, SUITE 2400 , SEATTLE WA 98101 Contractor: Name: IN STORE SERVICES INC Address: 625 S LANDER , SEATTLE WA 98134 Contractor License No: INSTOSI169JZ Phone: 206 - 623 -4646 Phone: 206 - 682 -3934 Expiration Date: 04/01/2012 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: TENANT IMPROVEMENT OF EXISTING BRANCH BANK. WORK INCLUDES EXTERIOR FACADE UPGRADES, NON - STRUCTURAL PARTITIONS, CEILING SOFFITS, FINISHES, FURNITURE AND RELATED HVAC & ELECTRICAL WORK. Value of Construction: $336,000.00 Fees Collected: $5,645.69 Type of Fire Protection: AFA International Building Code Edition: 2009 Type of Construction: V -A Occupancy per IBC: 0008 Electrical Service Provided by: * *continued on next page ** doc: IBC -7/10 D11-050 Printed: 06 -17 -2011 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hauling: Land Altering: Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: N N Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Start Time: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. End Time: Fill 0 c.y. Start Time: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Private: Public: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Profit: N Non - Profit: N Water Main Extension: Private: Public: Water Meter: N Permit Center Authorized Signature: LuX Date: I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or th -, •erformance of wor I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and agree to the conditions attached to this permit. Signature: A / / J Print Name: /V eV,t1/j f `� This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. Date: — ! 7- 11 PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431- 3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: The special inspections for steel elements of buildings and structures shall be required. All welding shall be done by a Washington Association of Building Official Certified welder. 6: When special inspection is required, either the owner or the registered design professional in responsible charge, shall employ a special inspection agency and notify the Building Official of the appointment prior to the first building inspection. The special inspector shall furnish inspection reports to the Building Official in a timely manner. doc: IBC -7/10 D11 -050 Printed: 06 -17 -2011 7: A final report documenting required spellinspections and correction of any discrepan t noted in the inspections shall be submitted to the Building Official. The final inspection report shall be prepared by the approved special inspection agency and shall be submitted to the Building Official prior to and as a condition of final inspection approval. 8: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non - building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 9: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. 10: All construction shall be done in conformance with the approved plans and the requirements of the International Building Code or International Residential Code, International Mechanical Code, Washington State Energy Code. 11: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 12: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 13: Manufacturers installation instructions shall be available on the job site at the time of inspection. 14: Ventilation is required for all new rooms and spaces of new or existing buildings and shall be in conformance with the International Building Code and the Washington State Ventilation and Indoor Air Quality Code. 15: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431 - 3670). 16: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431 - 3670). 17: Prior to final inspection for this building permit, a copy of the roof membrane manufacturers warranty certificate shall be provided to the building inspector. 18: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 19: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 20: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 21: The total number of fire extinguishers required for a light hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 3,000 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "all purpose" (2A, 10 B:C) dry chemical type. The travel distance to any extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3 -2.1) 22: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand -held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand -held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 nun). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 23: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 24: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 25: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge doc: IBC -7/10 D11 -050 Printed: 06 -17 -2011 procedures. 11 the required monthly and ye inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not.complished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable extinguisher service company will be requ. to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4) 26: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 27: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 28: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) 29: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 30: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of the building and the required width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1013.4) 31: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2051. 32: Maintain automatic fire detector coverage per N.F.P.A. 72. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and /or adding automatic fire detectors. 33: Maintain square foot coverage of detectors per manufacturer's specifications in all areas including: closets, elevator shafts, top of stairwells, etc. (NFPA 72- 5.5.2.1) 34: Maintain fire alarm system audible /visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and /or addition of audible /visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2051) 35: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2051) (IFC 104.2) 36: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206- 431 -3670) is required for this project. 37: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 38: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. 39: New and existing buildings shall have approved address numbers, building numbers or approved building identification placed in a position that is plainly legible and visible from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numbers or alphabet letters. Numbers shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102mm) high with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7mm). (IFC 505.1) 40: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2050 and #2051) 41: Any overlooked hazardous condition and /or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 42: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. 11 you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575 -4407. 43: Prior to final approval, conditions of design review must be met. doc: IBC -7/10 D11-050 Printed: 06 -17 -2011 CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://vvww.ci.tukwila.wa.us Building Permit No. Mechanical Permit No. Permit No. Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. * *Please Print ** SITE OCATION Site Address: King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 21-5 Prr.1)oV6-g- Pi'1�R -IL WG�T Suite Number: Tenant Name: kk'I' BA-101(..- Property Owners Name: 11-64-( f Pr0 j (`1 L f * L -&'L- Mailing Address: 33 00 E 11,r & bfniVE ->e- New Tenant: Floor: 1 ❑ Yes K. No 8o2O(p Zip City State CONTACT PE] ON -- who do we contact when your permit ready is be issued Name: To .1 n) N Y Mailing Address: I 474) FI FTl-1 Ai/& 4 29 00 E -Mail Address: joe . ir_er1hal/ Q, c.4..11. i=,o Y1.4bvM Day Telephone: 2047 - (02.3 - t1(D`i le L‘hit 9 8101 City State Zip Fax Number: 2-0(o ' (p 3— 9 67 S GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION (Contractor Information for Mechanical (pg 4) for Plumbing and Gas Piping (pg 5)) Company Name: -r-13l> Mailing Address: City Day Telephone: Fax Number: Expiration Date: Contact Person: E -Mail Address: Contractor Registration Number: State Zip ARCHITECT OF RECORD — All plans must be stamped by Architect of Rec Company Name: Mailing Address: Contact Person: E -Mail Address: F--1F- AV& $ 24120 Y'o6. \ r\.) rvL( ENGINEER OF RECO1 A. ✓tv e„, A 11 4 p r1 . Gav•■ plans trust be Company Name: Mailing Address: Contact Person: E -Mail Address: ITT L) City State Day Telephone: ZO (o (92-3 - 4 & 16 I Zip Fax Number: 2010 — (023 - 4 b25 d by Engineer of Rec % .M O - VMS (> 11JE- -1 3& � 1 rJG• YS45 5& 2-9-11i Pty It WO Ekt -6Vu E✓ d Po/eX MhBL- 4Ton) o U e x c &— erg. cowl 11:\Applications \Forms - Applications On Line\2010 Applications \7 -2010 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 7 -2010 bh IBC" 18 Mg City State Zip Day Telephone: 4z. Fax Number: 425- 14 -oci5O Page 1 of 6 LDING PERMIT INFORMATIOi 206- 431 - 3670 ° oo_ Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ '1j 3 Co 0 00 Q Existing Building Valuation: $ 7-6 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Ten/ ftN r IM P - oVeME'IT OF- ex 1ST hot,- 7312.-Aktrl Gar on) NV's 4 &- t-T>2(rte LJ .y- Will there be new rack storage? ❑ Yes No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide A I Building Areas In Square Footage B o' Addition to Existing Structure ction pe Type of Occupancy per MC 2'"1. Floor V-I 3r' Floor Flog Accessory Structure Attached Garage Detached Garage At hed CF De hed Carpo Covered Deck' Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION /HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: ❑ Sprinklers Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes No If 'yes', attach list of and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2" x 11" paper including quantities and Material Sa ty ata Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\Applications \Forms - Applications On Line\2010 Applications \7 -2010 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 7 -2010 bh Page 2 of 6 Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. Building and Mechanical Permit The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). Plumbing Permit The Building Official may grant one extension of time for an additional period not exceeding 180 days. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 103.4.3 Uniform Plumbing Code (current edition). 1 HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER OR AUTHORIZED AGENT: Signature: Date: 3/ (it Print Name: 166.1/0 Mailing Address: )t1 Z D Fero te 47-4-1 00 Date Application Accepted: Day Telephone: 2-0(o -(023 - yip'(P Date Application Expires: H:\Applications \Forms - Applications On Line\2010 Applications \7 -2010 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 7 -2010 bh 5E 'rr -k ci g 1 D 1 City State Zip Staff Initials: Page 6 of 6 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.gov RECEIPT ParcelNo.: 9202470010 Permit Number: D11 -050 Address: 275 ANDOVER PK W TUKW Status: APPROVED Suite No: Applied Date: 03/01/2011 Applicant: KEY BANK Issue Date: Receipt No.: R11 -01245 Payment Amount: $3,423.40 Initials: WER Payment Date: 06/17/2011 01:49 PM User ID: 1655 Balance: $0.00 Payee: IN STORE SERVICES INC TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 064103 3,423.40 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts BUILDING - NONRES STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 000.322.100 640.237.114 Total: $3,423.40 3,418.90 4.50 doc: Receipt -06 Printed: 06 -17 -2011 SET RECEIPT RECEIPT NO: R11 -00376 Initials: WER Payment Date: 03/01/2011 User ID: 1655 Total Payment: 2,417.23 Payee: KEY BANK SET ID: 03012001 SET NAME: KEY BANK SET TRANSACTIONS: Set Member Amount D11 -050 2,222.29 EL11 -0162 143.53 M11 -031 51.41 TOTAL: 2,222.29 TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Description Amount Payment Check 50107077 2,417.23 TOTAL: 2,417.23 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts ELECTRICAL PLAN - NONRES 000.345.832.00.0 PLAN CHECK - NONRES 000.345.830 TOTAL: 143.53 2,273.70 2,417.23 INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 �— Project( a , _ )L � Type In ectign: n PS K c e , ( 1 " ' Ls c.. c. ,o(e. Address: , Date Called: ;, Ai A -4 l At let f', iitn S e 4 .7 ` Special Instructions: .Tro (t 3.) p f 1 —( I Date Wanted:. 2 1 -' ( �7 (.- a.m P . Requester: 19 l G 1 -D it i- e 1 Phone No: A--i(5. R tee," (r' J-�j ,f- s-1,-,2- A-Y� n C OL a 15 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approvval. COMMENTS: , e 4A- Al :4& &orue' c_77Ji f PS K c e , ( 1 " ' Ls c.. c. ,o(e. ;, Ai A -4 l At let f', iitn S e 4 .7 ` e v4 19 l G 1 -D it i- e 1 (",',(A-?; A--i(5. R tee," (r' J-�j ,f- s-1,-,2- A-Y� n C OL a 15 ( Tm ri REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspectioh. a� *fA • ':r:.. :Retain a copy with permit • INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY.OF,.':TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter, BM'vd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -367 Permit'Inspection"Request Line (206) 431 -2451 ;INSPECTION RECORD • Proje t Type of Inspectio --c.-- Aj A- L_ e( A"AIAL Address: 2..1 5 .,N6c1v Nil ate Called: /ate Instructions:: •. • . Date Wanted: .1— 27 r''/' a.m. Requester: Ph1one 3-1-ov90 • Approved per.applicable codes. ElCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS :: Inspector: Date /1 71/1 0 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection., INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit' Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: Typuf Inspecti { on f;1 � �• 1 N kV in ��!a. Address: Z-7 g AJodvr�' v J Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: T ! ` a. t f fr Z Requester: Ph2e o3 _q.ri 3 -332-3 ElApproved per applicable codes. 1 Corrections required prior too approval. COMMENTS(7)g, J 7C iA 0,100 /C7v e /1141.1MS 0 Abiga. F J3 4i1'AM '/e `9D°% e,0116.706- b9} Iy eV 6101K )10e167%-711/4ti OtleiVAP, "IJ37 J 4 Pie(' () 4 P Inspector: tau, Date - Z REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be • paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit D 1 1- 050 INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 .. (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 kfn Project: }EtI 3rAtit4. Type of Inspection: =W1-2, Address: 3.15 AIJ DOVE 2 13 IC J Date Called: Special Instructions: () A of ikt) 652779-0I Date Wanted:. Reques er:r `I Phone No: ,Z04,- (4,PI -07CO Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 0 . LAI 11 - Ex-riPoi? - App/eA"/ «J 19 44w 9rie .lr /1;A/ eeyre <-I) D.10,---1-- 4/ 2- �1�H -, e — n 1oje, T- 2 ndni416 — 4",Pravr W 3 re.l a✓ .-► s,by �, •iiii ipfa. 84 (tic / 5 &''h )See/ P le _g-i (•F . /Tim } cida, ed /,,J;+/-% r'S 734 PFD .W1,10 t?d fie 0'1-64) 1 6... .L7 I (Date ECTION FEE REQUI D. Prior to ext inspection. fee must be t 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100 Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSP C • N NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 'i/(1( • 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 £I( -c250 Pro a e. /) 4' ` A Al pf Jr Typ of Inspectio e - T f / Add�es1 ` (► , , 0� , / Date Called: k.5c,-Jiie / Special Instructions: p :63 Date Wanted:y _, 8......... ( ` f Requester: PhQge Ng!' (og 1 o 27 Q Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: A Al pf Jr `. 3 cc_ C---bJ f• . r MT-0- 1,,,-U/kei Sae WS its k.5c,-Jiie / p :63 ..--- A 0 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Q�O Retain a copy with permit D INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION • 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila: WA 98188 , (206) 431-'3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Projef it. frL-e, 8.4-4C _ Type of Inspection: 1.1 A )- (f1 Address: t, `Date Called: Special Instructions: •---.A e).4A, S N S '-' v ' ‘; .-- - -A7-le 0 - Date Wanted: a.m. S-' i 2—1 {( Requester: Phone No: (0 d i .---OZg0 Appr9ved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval: COM ' ENTS: tAf . A c c Qf A Rs 0.)1, 1 n ,,!. Lal C F 1 Jr r J Ale-A— Jr _ b. S o f Gc ( k.AS` r— 57 oke e c-` 4.' GC .; ( ! 7 � � v c _rJ r . � 2 r Op) ',1 t 5 - 002, -- h J •---.A e).4A, S N S '-' v ' ‘; .-- - -A7-le 0 - ov-- .--t-i) (bLJ F 1" .■---N A R Inspector: Date: -(Z (( REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING I IVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 ., (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: r l; Recte. E. 'i: G. NA Type of Inspections A AA. c /\ Cv Address: , / 9 5 l #1O4 v '.A/ ff Date Called: Special Instructions: . Date Wanted: — t _ a.m. (P m~ Requester: Phone No: ElApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 9. A. ( ) S u O` P p -f +c f 1... +1 p p - r d A- 01:0J R Qj1, , 40% 1 I Date: 7 —,4 —'/ INSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Pri r to next inspection, fee must be aid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. iv-r- 4Ti" - Irr4VV+ri; - w-:+ 7".. -"P' v�-F- `•r51f "1�`?�`�.v l . T` ^` -m- INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 x(206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project :� p-- B .I{ _ �J )k J gy Type of Inspection: -S o Sip C.-e-- (--t '1 , Add ss: AA/ (U r - Date Called: S1t\4, { +0 Special Instructions: Date Wanted: ^ /S' _ , ._a m." p.m. Requester: PhoNo:f I6E(I'02-90 4 ElApproved per applicable codes. aCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: O A. tiseg.k-C*,( (4,;I:.5 ASP /cr/'°cn 4 S1t\4, { +0 g LF0 TR 10A 1 - 0 J spect• Date: 7 -)s -!/ E SPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be id at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. tro"R".Y=. ,n INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION (206) 431 -3670 INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 P oject: IY t % / ELmt Typ of Inspection: j'a,IgniP.i' .7.,_.,....z......;,.,:;-,, ' Date Called: ! f 9 /% Address: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: Z° 11( a.rli. (,.m. J 1 Requester: 4�►�iI�d � Ted t - Phone No` ! 71)(9 - 52. — D tit 2-/ ,}0 Approved per applicable codes. D orre do Ur/7A pri14 approval. COMMENTS: Inspector:A_ 1 V e si c << Date: D'r / /f /r/ ❑ REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit • /1— F - / ie4, PERMIT NUMBERS CITY'OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 -575 -4407 Project: G,tiJ Ty a of In ection: • a4 ' Ire . Ai AL Address: / /-,Ow Suite #: a%� Contact erson: Special Instructions: Phone No.: . Qproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: y :' c & Needs Shift Inspection: .. Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: ( Pre -Fire: , Permits: Occupancy Type: .. Inspector: £ 5 _S`---- Date: `1 f t s'I l i Hrs.: r $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: 1 State: Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 3..r IAILE MAYES y JllkRouse.af 4.23 pm m' Sep 15 = =2D11,� TESTING ENGINEERS, INC. NY September 15, 2011 City of Tukwila Building Department 6200 South Center Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 -8188 Attention: Building Official Re: Key Bank 10 -2078 Andover Park 275 Andover Park West Tukwila, WA Project No. L11216 RECEIVED OIT V do Ti.luWri SEP 2 9 2011 Final Letter Permit No. Se aBk Office 20225 cedarvaley Road Sub 110 Lynrncad, WA98036 ph 425.7429360 Lax 425.745.1737 Tacoma Office 10029 S. Tacoma Way Sub E-2 Taoa, WA98499 ph 213.584.3720 fax 253.584.3707 Pottandafice 7911 NE33rdDrive Sale 190 Pa larxl, OR97211 ph 5032817515 fax 503281 7579 This is to inform you that registered special inspections have been com pleted for this project as per our reports, copies of which have been sent to you. Special inspection was provided for: • Structural Steel Erection • Epoxy Grouted Anchors To the best of our knowledge, all work inspected was either performed in accordance with, or corrected to conform to, the city approved drawings, or engineer approved changes. We trust this provides you with the information that you require. Should you have any questi ons please call us at 425/742 -9360. Sincerely, Mayes Testing Engineers, Inc. Timothy G. Beckerle, P.E. Branch Manager MAYES TESTING ENGINEERS, INC. Project No. L11216 Project Key Bank Andover Park 10 -2078 Address 27 • i •over 'ark W, Tukwila, WA Permit No. Bldg Dept. Owner Key Bank Architect Callison Architecture Engineer Armour Unsderfer Engineering Contractor Store Services Record No. 001 Date 8/1/11 Weather Clear Inspection Structural Steel, Proprietary Anchors Sample(s) crr�O TTukwi,A SEP 2 9 2011 Seattle mice 20225CedarvaIeyRoad Suite 110 LyrmMxx , WA 98036 ph 425.7429360 fax 425745.1737 Tacoma Office 10029 S. Tacoma Way Suite E-2 Tams, WA 98499 ph 253.584.3720 fax 253.584.3707 Portland Office 7911 NE 33rd Drive Sure 190 Poland, OR 97211 ph 503281.7515 fart 503281.7579 Inspected erection, bolting and welding for installation of two root level MC channels. Installation found to be in acccordance with Detail 5/S.002 and welds conformed to AWS D1.1 criteria. Inspected installation of (4) #4 rebar dowels at each new footing extensi on for "tower leg." Installation was per Detail 8/S.002 using Hilti RE 500 -SD epoxy per Hilti instructions. To the best of our knowledge, all items inspected today are in conformance with approved pl ans and specifications. Inspector: Tom Cain Reviewed By: Timothy G. Beckerle, P.E. Branch Manager Page 1 of 1 ARMOUR UNSDERFER ENGINEERING INC., P.S. 555 116th Avenue NE, Suite. 118 Bellevue, WA 98004 (425) 614 -0949 Fax (425) 614 -0950 PZIO" STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS FOR: Key Bank Andover Park 275 Andover Park West, Seattle, WA 98188 CORRECTION Client: Callison 1420 Fifth Ave, Suite 2400 Seattle, WA 98101 By Alex Habliston, P.E. Brian Unsderfer, S.E., SECB D1 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 132011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION ECE VE JUN 02 2011 P „,:TIMER AUE No. 11044 Orig Date: 2/24/2011 Bulletin #1: 4/25/2011 Objective: STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS FOR: Key Bank Andover Park 275 Andover Park West, Seattle, WA Provide structural analysis of new parapet wall TOPIC: Index Design Criteria Snow Design Criteria Sesmic Design Criteria Wind Design Criteria Parapet Analysis (E) Joist w/ New PSL Analysis GLB Analyis PAGES: Index -1 DC1 Snow Seisl W1 -> W8 Parapetl -> Parapet4 Roof Joist GLB1 -> GLB4 Armour Unsderfer Eng Inc., P.S., 555 116th Avenue NE, Suite 118, Bellevue, WA 98004 (206) 614 -0949 Project: Key Bank Andover Park Pg. No: Index -1 Address: 275 Andover Park West, Seattle, WA Date: 4/25/11 Client: Callison Job No.: 11044 Design Criteria Dead Loads: Entry Parapet Wall: 6" 20 Ga Studs @ 24" O.C.: Length: Load: Cement Plaster: Length: Load: 5/8" Sheathing Length: Load: Metal Canopy Width: Load: Misc.: Length: Load: 2.1 plf 10.5 ft psf 12.1 psf 12.6 ft psf 3.6 psf 21.0 ft psf 9.0 psf 2.0 ft psf 1.6 psf 14.0 ft psf 1.0 14.5 7.2 1.7 2.1 Total 26.6 psf Live Load: (E) Roof (Roof: 5/8" Plywood 2x10 @ 24" O.C. Roofing MEP Insulation Ceiling Misc. 1.8 psf 1.9 psf 3.0 psf 1.5 psf 1.5 psf 1.5 psf 1.8 psf FTotal 13.0 psf Code Min Snow Load 25 psf I Snow Load 25 psf + Drift Armour Unsderfer Eng Inc., P.S., 555 116th Avenue NE, Suite 118, Bellevue, WA 98004 (206) 614 -0949 Project: Key Bank Andover Park Pg. No: DC1 Address: 275 Andover Park West, Seattle, WA Date: 4/25/11 Client: Callison Job No.: 11044 Snow Drift - Parapet Drift Building Occupancy = II Ground Snow (Pg) = 25 psf Terrain Category = B Exposure = Partial Exposure Factor (Ce) = 1.0 Thermal Factor (CO = 1.00 Importance Factor (I) = 1.00 Flat Roof Snow Load (Pf) = Code Minimum Flat Roof Snow Load (Pf,min) = Horizontal Dimension (I,,,,Pper roof) = Horizontal Dimension (Iu,lowerroof) = Roof Elevation Change (hr) = 20 psf 25 psf 0.00 ft 83.00 ft 5.08 ft Leeward Drift Surcharge (hdl) = 1.56 ft Windward Drift Surcharge (hd2) = 2.30 ft Drift Height (hd) = Snow Density = Base Snow Height (hb) = 2.30 ft 17.25 pcf 1.16 ft r D'riff•r1Nust Be.CoiasicJered.Z1 Drift Intensity (Pm1) = Truncated Drift Intensity (Pm2) = Width of Drift (Wd) _ 35 psf 0 psf 9.19 ft 83.00 ft 0.00 ft 35 psf 25 psf • 0 psf 2.30 ft 1.45 ft 5.08 ft 9.19 ft Armour Unsderfer Eng Inc., P.S., 555 116th Avenue NE, Suite 118, Bellevue, WA 98004 (206) 614 -0949 Project: Address: Client: Key Bank Andover Park 275 Andover Park West, Seattle, WA Callison Pg. No: Date: Job No.: Snow 4/25/11 11044 IBC Seismic See Seismic Output Ss= 1.473 S1= 0.507 Site Class = D le = R= 1.00 6.5 Occupancy Category II Design Category D hn = Ct = 14.33 ft 0.02 Standard - Occupancy Buildings Fa = Fv = Sms = Sm1 = 1.00 1.50 1.473 0.761 Sds= 0.982 Sd1= 0.507 Zij sostatl 9 &188; See ASCE 12.8 Equiv. Lateral Force Procedure Cs = 0.151 T= 0.147 Seconds Cs max = 0.529 Cs min = 0.010 S1 < 0.6 Cs min = Not Applicable S1 >_ 0.6 Cs min = 0.010 V= 0.151 *W 2005 ASCE 7 Standard Zip Code = 98188 Spectral Response Accelerations Ss and S1 Ss and S1 = Mapped Spectral Acceleration Values Data are based on a 0.05 deg grid spacing Period Centroid Sa (sec) (g) 0.2 1.429 (Ss) 1.0 0.489 (S1) Period Maximum Sa (sec) (g) 0.2 1.473 (Ss) 1.0 0.507 (S1) Period Minimum Sa (sec) (g) 0.2 1.377 (Ss) 1.0 0.470 (S1) See ASCE 13.3 Non Structural Systems Ap = 1 Rp = 2.5 Ip = 1 Fp = Fp max = Fp min = 0.47 * Wp 1.57 *Wp 0.29 *Wp Fp = 0.471 * Wp z= h= 14.33 ft 14.33 ft Armour Unsderfer Eng Inc., P.S., 555 116th Avenue NE, Suite 118, Bellevue, WA 98004 (206) 614 -0949 Project: Key Bank Andover Park Pg. No: Seis 1 Address: 275 Andover Park West, Seattle, WA Date: 4/25/11 Client: Callison Job No.: 11044 1 ASCE Wind 1 Method 2 Analytical Proceedure per ASCE 7 -05 Data Input V= 90 MPH Category: 11 All Buildings (Typ.) Hurr. Prone? No Col 3 Iw= 1 Exposure B Fact. = 0.575 Direction of Wind r 1 upwind of crest Pos. Zipcode: 1 98188 downwind of crest Pos. • O. Lh H/2 H H/2 x /• z Type: User lnput Direction: Upwind of Crest Lh = N/A ft Dist. Upwind of Crest to Half Ht of Hill or Escarp. H = N/A ft Ht. of Hill or Escarp. Relative to the upwind terrain x = N/A ft Dist. (Upwind or Downwind) from the crest to the building site z = 15.00 ft Ht above Local Ground Level h= Kd= 0.85 Kz= 0.57 14.33 ft Mean Ht above Local Ground Level p. 76, Table 6-4 p. 75, Table 6 -3 Kzt= Not Appl. p. 47, Figure 6-4 Kzt= 1.00 Source: Table xxx Kz Mean = 0.57 Case 2 for All MFRS designed using All Heights KZ Mean = 0.70 Case I for All Components & Cladding qz= 0.00256 *Kz *Kzt *Kd *VA2 *I = 10.1 psf qh (qz eval. At Mean) = 10.1 psf qh (qz eval. At Mean) = 12.3 psf Kz for All MFRS designed using All Heights Kz for All Comp & Clad Only Different at Exp B & less than 30' Armour Unsderfer Eng Inc., P.S., 555 116th Avenue NE, Suite 118, Bellevue, WA 98004 (206) 614 -0949 Project: Key Bank Andover Park Pg. No: W1 Address: 275 Andover Park West, Seattle, WA Date: 4/25/11 Client: Callison Job No.: 11044 Main Force Resisting System Summary: V= Category: Hurr. Prone? Iw= Exposure 90 MPH II All Buildings (Typ.) No No B Building Enc. Enclosed Buildings Length = 108 ft Width = 69 ft Mean Ht = 14.33333 ft Area Roof = 7452 sq ft Longer Dimension Shorter Dimension Gcpi = 0.18 -0.18 4 LerLath Wind Dir. o Used for Wind Red. At Parallel to Ridge ASCE Figure 6 -5 Wind Direction X Roof Angle= ASCE Figure 6 -6 Wind'd Wall: Leew'd Wall: Side Wall: Wind'd Roof: 0 -10 (ASCE Figure 6 -6) Degrees UB 1.57 Cp 0.8 -0.40 Use w/ qz qh -0.70 1 qh Co Use w/ Normal to Ridge for 0 "Not Appl" ( "Not Appl" >= 10 Degrees 1 qh 1 Leew'd Roof: Cp Use w/ Normal to Ridge for 0 >= 10 Degrees "Not Appl" 1 qh Flat Roof or Parallel to Ridge Roof all: nwrmai to nade Tor Use w/ < 10 Degrees or Parallel to ridge for all 0 -0.3 -0. 1 qh Wind Dir. X Width Wind Direction Y (ASCE Figure 6-6) Roof Angle= 0 -10 Degrees Wind'd Wall: Leew'd Wall: Side Wall: Wind'd Roof: UB 0.64 Cp 0.8 -0.50 Use w/ qz qh -0.70 1 qh C Use w/ Normal to Ridge for 0 "Not Appl" ( "Not Appl" 1 qh >= 10 Degrees Leew'd Roof: Normal to Ridge for 0 >= 10 Degrees Cp "Not Appl" Use w/ qh Flat Roof or Parallel to Ridge Roof all: Use w/ iormai to nage Tor d < 10 Degrees or Parallel to ridge for all 0 -0.3 -0.18 1 qh Armour Unsderfer Eng Inc., P.S., 555 116th Avenue NE, Suite 118, Bellevue, WA 98004 (206) 614 -0949 Project: Address: Client: Key Bank Andover Park 275 Andover Park West, Seattle, WA Callison Pg. No: W2 Date: 4/25/11 Job No.: 11044 Wind Pressure Calculations: Structure: Rigid (typ.) qh = 10.1 PSF G = 0.85 Wind Pressure on Walls Wind Direction X (ASCE Figure 6 -6) GCp = GCpi = 0.68 0.18 -0.18 Px Leeward = -3.4 psf pxi = 1.8 psf -1.8 psf Ht qz Px (PSF) P (PSF) 0 10.13 6.89 10.33 1.433333 10.13 6.89 10.33 2.866667 10.13 6.89 10.33 4.3 12.35 8.40 11.84 5.733333 12.35 8.40 11.84 7.166667 12.35 8.40 11.84 8.6 12.35 8.40 11.84 10.03333 12.35 8.40 11.84 11.46667 12.35 8.40 11.84 12.9 12.35 8.40 11.84 14.33333 12.35 8.40 11.84 Wind Pressure on Roofs Windward Cp Leeward Cp -0.30 -0.18 -0.30 Windward P = -2.6 psf -1.5 psf Leeward P = -2.6 psf Wind Pressure on Walls Wind Direction Y (ASCE Figure 6 -6) GCp = GCpi = 0.68 0.18 -0.18 Px Leeward = -4.3 psf pxi = 1.8 psf -1.8 psf Ht qz Px (PSF) P (PSF) 0 10.13 6.89 11.19 1.433333 10.13 6.89 11.19 2.866667 10.13 6.89 11.19 4.3 12.35 8.40 12.70 5.733333 12.35 8.40 12.70 7.166667 12.35 8.40 12.70 8.6 12.35 8.40 12.70 10.03333 12.35 8.40 12.70 11.46667 12.35 8.40 12.70 12.9 12.35 8.40 12.70 14.33333 12.35 8.40 12.70 Wind Pressure on Roofs Windward Cp Leeward Cp -0.30 -0.18 -0.30 Windward P = -2.6 psf -1.5 psf Leeward P = -2.6 psf Armour Unsderfer Eng Inc., P.S., 555 116th Avenue NE, Suite 118, Bellevue, WA 98004 (206) 614 -0949 Project: Key Bank Andover Park Pg. No: W3 Address: 275 Andover Park West, Seattle, WA Date: 4/25/11 Client: Callison Job No.: 11044 Components & Cladding Roof Flat, Gable or Hip Roof Summary: V= Category: Hurr. Prone? Iw= Exposure 90 II No 1 B MPH All Buildings (Typ.) Can be changed on Com. Building Enclosure 1 Enclosed Buildings Length = 108 ft Width = 69 ft Ht = 14.33333 ft Roof Angle= 0 < = 7° Exposure B H <= 60 3' min high parapet: yes Parpet effective: yes Zg = a = Kz = Kzt = 1200 7 0.70 1.00 qh = 12.35 psf Gcpi = 0.18 -0.18 Roof: Longer Dimension Shorter Dimension Use Eave Ht Used for this sheet only for 9< =7 °only O 4 Width a a h h • s rn• c -J Area (ftA2) Location 0 10 20 50 100 200 500 GCpf 1 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 2 &3 1 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 GCpf 1 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0 -0.9 -0.9 -0.9 2 -1.8 -1.8 -1.6 -1.3 -1.1 -1.1 -1.1 3 1.2 -1.8 -1.8 -1.6 -1.3 -1.1 -1.1 -1.1 1 3' or Higher Parapet, For Flat Roof, Negative GCp in Zone 3 = Zone 2, and Positive Zone 2 & 3 = Zone 4 & 5 2 Roof Angle is Less than 25 Degrees, Zone 3 Applies Overhang: Area (ftA2) Location 0 10 20 50 100 200 500 GCpf 1 & 2 3 -1.7 -2.8 -1.7 -2.8 -1.65 -2.2 -1.6 -1.4 -1.6 -0.8 -1.1 -0.8 -1.1 -0.8 Armour Unsderfer Eng Inc., P.S., 555 116th Avenue NE, Suite 118, Bellevue, WA 98004 (206) 614 -0949 Project: Address: Client: Key Bank Andover Park 275 Andover Park West, Seattle, WA Callison Pg. No: W4 Date: 4/25/11 Job No.: 11044 Roof Wind Loads for exposure: B Area (ftA2) Location 0 10 20 50 100 200 500 P 1 & 3 5.93 5.93 5.31 4.82 4.69 4.69 4.69 2 13.34 13.34 12.78 12.22 11.34 11.11 10.22 p 1 -14.57 -14.57 -14.32 -14.08 -13.34 -13.34 -13.34 2 -24.45 -24.45 -21.98 -18.28 -15.81 -15.81 -15.81 3 -24.45 -24.45 -21.98 -18.28 -15.81 -15.81 -15.81 Overhang Wind Load for exposu B Area (ftA2) Location 0 10 20 50 100 200 500 P 1 & 2 3 -20.99 -34.58 -20.99 -34.58 -20.37 -27.17 -19.76 -17.29 -19.76 -9.88 -13.58 -9.88 -13.58 -9.88 Location Limits: a= a= a min = 6.9 ft 10% Least Dimension 5.7 ft .4 X h 3 ft 4% of Least Dimension or 3' a = 5.733333 ft Governs 2a = NA if Building if Under 60' Tall ROOF PLAN Only for Bldgs over 60' Tall Armour Unsderfer Eng Inc., P.S., 555 116th Avenue NE, Suite 118, Bellevue, WA 98004 (206) 614 -0949 Project: Key Bank Andover Park Pg. No: W5 Address: 275 Andover Park West, Seattle, WA Date: 4/25/11 Client: Callison Job No.: 11044 Components & Cladding Summary: Wall Loading V= Category: Hurr. Prone? Iw= Exposure 90 II No 1 B MPH All Buildings (Typ.) Can be changed on Com. Building Enclosure 1 Enclosed Buildings Length = Width = Ht = Exposure H <= 60 Roof Angle: < = 10 Degrees 108 ft 69 ft 14.33333 ft B Longer Dimension Shorter Dimension Zg = a = Kz= Kzt= 1200 7 0.70 1.00 qh = 12.35 psf Gcpi = 0.18 -0.18 Length ■ A B Width • Area (ft^2) Location 0 10 20 50 100 200 500 4 &5 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 GCpf • 4 -1.0 -1.0 -0.9 -0.9 -0.8 -0.8 -0.7 5 -1.3 -1.3 -1.2 -1.0 -0.9 -0.9 -0.7 • GCp is Reduced by 10% if Roof Slope is Less Than or Equal to 10 Degrees Armour Unsderfer Eng Inc., P.S., 555 116th Avenue NE, Suite 118, Bellevue, WA 98004 (206) 614 -0949 Project: Address: Client: Key Bank Andover Park 275 Andover Park West, Seattle, WA Callison Pg. No: W6 Date: 4/25/11 Job No.: 11044 Wall Wind Loads for exposure: B Area (ftA2) Location 0 10 20 50 100 200 500 500 4 &5 13.3 13.3 12.8 12.2 11.3 11.1 10.2 p 4 -14.4 -14.4 -13.9 -13.1 -12.6 -12.2 -11.1 NA 5 -17.8 -17.8 -16.7 -15.0 -13.9 -12.8 -11.1 Wall Wind Loads for exposure: B �Tlis�fatle�is�not1;uw'sed Ht Location qz 0 10 20 50 100 200 500 0 4 & 5 12.35 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 1.433333 4 & 5 12.35 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 2.866667 4 & 5 12.35 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 4.3 4 & 5 12.35 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 5.733333 4 & 5 12.35 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 7.166667 4 & 5 12.35 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 8.6 4 & 5 12.35 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 10.03333 4 & 5 12.35 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 11.46667 4 & 5 12.35 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 12.9 4 & 5 12.35 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 14.33333 4 & 5 12.35 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA Location Limits: a= a= a min = Insert Values at qz & qh 6.9 ft 10% Least Dimension 5.7 ft .4 X h 3 ft 4% of Least Dimension or 3' a = 5.733333 ft Governs c WALL ELEVATION Building over 60' Armour Unsderfer Eng Inc., P.S., 555 116th Avenue NE, Suite 118, Bellevue, WA 98004 (206) 614 -0949 Project: Key Bank Andover Park Pg. No: W7 Address: 275 Andover Park West, Seattle, WA Date: 4/25/11 Client: Callison Job No.: 11044 Parapet Loading: Ht of TO Parapet Exposure = Note yuu must complete')"C Cw, Gable -0:4 0067. s`ealuati'ng.'tefiiiapet 22.92 ft B Zg = 1200.00 a= 7.00 Kz = Kzt = qp = 0.701 1.000 12.35 psf qz for TO Parapet Gcpi = 0.18 -0.18 Wall: Area (ft^2) Location 0 10 20 50 100 200 500 GCpf 4&5 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 GCpf 4 -1.0 -1.0 -0.9 -0.9 -0.8 -0.8 -0.7 5 -1.3 -1.3 -1.2 -1.0 -0.9 -0.9 -0.7 Roof: Area (ft^2) Location 0 10 20 50 100 200 500 GCpf 2 3 -1.8 -1.8 -1.8 -1.8 -1.6 -1.6 -1.3 -1.3 -1.1 -1.1 -1.1 -1.1 -1.1 -1.1 Internal Press Present % No Case 1: Wind Blowing against Front of Parapet Area (ft^2) Location 0 10 20 50 100 200 500 P 4 5 33.3 33.3 33.3 33.3 30.3 30.3 26.1 26.1 22.7 22.7 22.5 22.5 21.6 21.6 Case 2: Wind Blowing Against Back of Parapet Area (ftA2) Location 0 10 20 50 100 200 500 P 4 5 23.3 26.7 23.3 26.7 22.2 25.0 20.9 22.8 19.4 20.8 18.9 19.4 16.9 16.9 Maximum Pressure: Area (ft^2) Location 0 10 20 50 100 200 500 P 4 5 33.3 33.3 33.3 33.3 30.3 30.3 26.1 26.1 22.7 22.7 22.5 22.5 21.6 21.6 Armour Unsderfer Eng Inc., P.S., 555 116th Avenue NE, Suite 118, Bellevue, WA 98004 (206) 614 -0949 Project: Key Bank Andover Park Address: 275 Andover Park West, Seattle, WA Client: Callison Pg. No: W8 Date: 4/25/11 Job No.: 11044 (E) Roof Analysis: Armour Unsderfer Eng Inc., P.S., 555 116th Avenue NE, Suite 118, Bellevue, WA 98004 (206) 614 -0949 Project: Key Bank Andover Park Pg. No: Parapetl Address: 275 Andover Park West, Seattle, WA Date: 4/25/11 Client: Callison Job No.: 11044 Parapet Wall Support a(.. 2x10 Joists 2.00 ft p A'S' (a7 2x6 Joists 1.50 ft p • Loading: DL: 279.0 plf SL: 125.0 plf WL: 69.2 plf (Uplift) 6.00 ft zr Support Spacing: 3.00 ft Loading: DL: 279.0 Of SL: 125.0 Of WL: 69.2 plf (Uplift) 2.00 ft NaPti Support Spacing: 2.00 ft Support: P = 2424 Ib Rleft = 3267 Ib a = 2.00 ft Rright = 843 lb L = 5.75 ft M = 58.18 k -in IA = 1.4926 in "5 2 - 800S162 -54 M allow = 82.96 k -in OK I = 11.472 inA4 A = 0.13 in L/ 369 Strong Back: L = 3.00 ft M = 5.45 k -in IA = 0.0254 in "5 600T200 -43 M allow = 11.16 k -in OK I = 2.076 inA4 A = 0.01 in L/ 2943 Support: P = 1212 Ib Rleft = 2251 Ib a = 1.50 ft Rright = 1039 Ib L = 1.75 ft M = 21.82 k -in IA = 0.1760 in "5 1- 8005162 -54 M allow = 41.48 k -in OK I = 5.736 inA4 A = 0.03 in L/ 1173 Strong Back: L = 2.00 ft M = 1.82 k -in IA = 0.0038 in "5 400T200 -43 M allow = 6.14 k -in OK I = 0.811 inA4 A = 0.00 in L/ 5174 Armour Unsderfer Eng Inc., P.S., 555 116th Avenue NE, Suite 118, Bellevue, WA 98004 (206) 614 -0949 Project: Key Bank Andover Park Address: 275 Andover Park West, Seattle, WA Client: Callison Pg. No: Parapet2 Date: 4/25/11 Job No.: 11044 Parapet Wall Brace Spacing: Canopy Knife PI: 4.00 1.00 ft O.C. ft abv canopy Horiz Reactions: @ Brace 1: 0.51 k @ Gravity Support: 0.31 k @ Brace 2: 0.46 k Loads: WL: 33 psf Canopy: DL: 9 psf SL: 25 psf Wall Analysis Moments and Deflections: Top Cant: 0.45 k -in/ft ID: 0.01 in "5 /ft Center Span: 0.81 k -in /ft ID: 0.01 inA5/ft Bottom Span: 1.57 k -in/ft ID: 0.01 inA5/ft Try 6005137 -43 @ 24 in O.C. M allow = 14.8 k -in I = 2.042 in "4 M max = 3.13 k -in OK A cant= 0.01 in U 6392 A full span= 0.01 in L/ 7286 A full span= 0.01 in L/ 4036 Brace Analysis Brace 1: Mmax = 15.52 k -in Pmax = 0.68 k 3 #10 Screws L = 7.42 ft Try 6005162 -54 Mallow = 27.76 k OK Pallow = 4.94 k OK Unity = 0.70 OK Mmax = 0.00 k -in Brace 2: Pmax = 0.63 k 3 #10 Screws L = 7.75 ft Try 6005137 -43 Mallow = 14.8 k OK Pallow = 2.62 k OK Unity = 0.24 OK Connections Brace 1: Vhoriz = 0.51 k Vvert = 0.37 k Brace 2: Vhoriz = 0.46 k 5/8" Dia Bolt in 43 mil Brace Vvert = 0.40 k Brace 43 mil clip t= 0.0451 in d= 0.63 in mf= 0.75 Fy= 33 ksi d /t= 13.86 Fu 1= 45 ksi C= 2.6142 Allowable Shear: Shear cap per NDS= (per E3.3.2)= mf*C *d *t *Fu1 /O= (per E3.3.1 )= (4.6 *t +1.53) *d *t *Fu 1 /O= 847 995 1002 Ibs Ibs 0= 2.5 (Bearing Capacity of Steel) Ibs 0= 2.2 (Bearing Capacity of Steel) Allowable Shear = 847 lbs IOK Armour Unsderfer Eng Inc., P.S., 555 116th Avenue NE, Suite 118, Bellevue, WA 98004 (206) 614 -0949 Project: Key Bank Andover Park Pg. No: Parapet3 Address: 275 Andover Park West, Seattle, WA Date: 4/25/11 Client: Callison Job No.: 11044 Parapet Wall Brace Spacing: 4.00 ft O.C. Horiz Reactions: @ Brace 1: 0.48 k @ Gravity Support: 0.12 k Loads: WL: 33 psf Canopy: DL: 9 psf SL: 25 psf Wall Analysis Moments and Deflections: Top Cant: 0.45 k -in /ft ID: 0.01 in ^5 /ft Center Span: 0.64 k -in /ft ID: 0.00 in ^5 /ft Try 6005137 -43 @ 24 in O.C. M allow = 14.8 k -in I = 2.042 inA4 M max = 1.28 k -in OK A cant= 0.01 in L/ 6986 A full span= 0.00 in L/ #### Brace Analysis Brace 1: Pmax = 0.65 k 3 #10 Screws L = 7.42 ft Try 6005137 -43 Pallow = 2.62 k OK Armour Unsderfer Eng Inc., P.S., 555 116th Avenue NE, Suite 118, Bellevue, WA 98004 (206) 614 -0949 Project: Key Bank Andover Park Pg. No: Parapet4 Address: 275 Andover Park West, Seattle, WA Date: 4/25/11 Client: Callison Job No.: 11044 WOOD BEAM DESIGN: PSL Beam - RBI Roof Beam Beam Size : 5114x9114 b= 5.25 in d= 9.25 in n= 1 Beam Grade: Parallam 2.0E 1 psi Fc.perp = 750 psi Fb = 2900 psi E = 2000000 psi Fv = 290 Kcr = 2.0 Adjustment Factors : CDtive = 1.15 Ct = 1.00 CDshort tern; = 1.60 CM (Fb) = 1.00 CM (E) = 1.00 CF = 1.00 Ci (Fb) = 1.00 Ci (E) = CL = 1.00 Cfu = 1.00 Cr = CM (V) = 1.00 Cb = 1.00 1.00 1.15 Beam Loading: Loading X -X pDL = 13 psf pWL ( +) = X -X pLL = 0 psf pWL ( -) = Y -Y pDL = 0 psf pWL ( +) = Y -Y pLL = 0 psf pWL ( -) = 0 psf PDL = 2.26 k PWL ( +) = 0 psf PLL = 1.01 k PWL ( -) = 0 psf PDL = 0.00 k PWL ( +) = 0 psf PLL = 0.00 k PWL ( -) = 0.00 k 0.00 k 0.00 k 0.00 k L= 8.00 ft a = 5.00 ft Tributary Width @ X -X = 2.00 ft Tributary Width @ Y -Y = 0.00 ft P @ = 13.00 ft Dead + Snow Load R.x.max = 5.584 k brg length = 5.1 in fc.perp = 208 psi F'c.perp = 750 psi OK ksi ksi ksi ksi OK ksi ksi OK ksi ksi OK ksi ksi OK ksi OK ksi ksi OK ksi ksi OK R.y.max = brg length = fc.perp = F'c.perp = 0.000 k 1.5 in 0 psi 750 psi OK 3267 Ib fbx_x = 2.671 F'bx_x = 3.835 0 Ib fby_y = 0.000 F'by_y = 3.835 2256 Ib fbx_x = 1.860 F'bx_x = 5.336 0 Ib fby_y = 0.000 F'by_y = 5.336 3015 Ib fbx_x = 2.468 F'bx_x = 5.336 0 Ib fby_y = 0.000 F'by_y = 5.336 1354 Ib fbx_x = 1.116 F'bx_x = 5.336 0 Ib fby_y = 0.000 F'by_y = 5.336 Vx_x = OK fv = Vy_y = fv = F'v = Vx_x = fv = Vy_y = fv = F'v = Vx_x = fv = Vy_y = fv = F'v = Vx_x = fv = Vy_y = fv = F'v = 3.397 k 105 psi 0.000 k 0 psi 333.5 psi OK 2.386 k 74 psi 0.000 k 0 psi 464 psi OK 3.145 k 97 psi 0.000 k 0 psi 464 psi OK 1.432 k 44 psi 0.000 k 0 psi 464 psi OK wx_x = 26 plf Px_x = Mx_x = 199.94 kip -in wy_y = 0 Of Py_y = My_y = 0.00 kip -in Dead + Wind ( +) wx -x = 26 pif Px_x = Mx_x = 139.29 kip-in wy_y = 0 plf Py_y = My_y = 0.00 kip -in Dead + 0.75 Snow + 0.75 Wind ( +) wx_x = 26 plf Px-x = Mx_x = 184.78 kip -in wy_y = 0 pif Py_y = My_y = 0.00 kip -in 0.6 * Dead - Wind ( -) wx_x = 16 pif Px_x = Mx_x = 83.57 kip -in wy_y = 0 Of Py_y = My_y = 0.00 kip -in Deflection X -X Main: ODL = 0.00 in Main:A(Kcr *D +L) = 0.01 in L/ 27745 L/ 13873 Cant: ODL = 0.63 in L/ 192 ICant:A(Kcr*D +L) = 1.52 in L/ 79 UMARSIM4509iititiekigARGgR :, Armour Unsderfer Eng Inc., P.S., 555 116th Avenue NE, Suite 118, Bellevue, WA 98004 (206) 614 -0949 Project: Key Bank Andover Park Address: 275 Andover Park West, Seattle, WA Client: Callison Pg. No: Roof Jst Date: 4/25/11 Job No.: 11044 WOOD BEAM DESIGN: GLB - GLB1 Roof Beam (Use C12 Channels) Beam Size : b = 5 1/8 in d = 19.5 in Stress Class 24F -1.8E Lumber Species - > I Westem Species 930000 psi 830000 psi Fbx Fbx Un- Balanced 265 psi Fc.perp = 650 psi 230 psi Ex = 1800000 psi Ex.min = 1.0 Ey = 1600000 psi Ey.min = ( +) = 2400 psi Fv.x = ( -) = 1450 psi Fv.y = Fby = 1450 psi Kcr = Adjustment Factors : CD,;ve = 1.15 Ct = 1.00 CDshort term = 1.60 CM (Fb) = 1.00 CM (E) = 1.00 CV = 0.92 CM (Fc.perp) = 1.00 CL = 1.00 Cfu = 1.10 Cc = CM (V) = 1.00 Cb = 1.00 1.00 Beam Loading: Loading X -X pDL = 525 psf pWL ( +) = X -X pLL = 188 psf pWL ( -) = Y -Y pDL = 0 psf pWL ( +) = Y -Y pLL = 0 psf pWL ( -) = 0 psf PDL = 0.00 k PWL ( +) = 0 psf PLL = 0.00 k PWL ( -) = 0 psf PDL = 0.00 k PWL ( +) = 0 psf PLL = 0.00 k PWL ( -) = 0.00 k 0.00 k 0.00 k 0.00 k L= 29.69 ft Tributary Width @ X -X = 1.00 ft Tributary Width @ Y -Y = 0.00 ft P @ = 0.00 ft Dead + Snow Load R.x.max = 10.584 k brg length = 6.0 in fc.perp = 344 psi F'c.perp = 650 psi OK ksi -IG ksi ksi OK R.y.max = brg length = fc.perp = F'c.perp = 0.000 k 2.0 in 0 psi 650 psi OK 0 Ib fbx_x = 3.001 F'bx_x = 2.540 0 Ib fby_y = 0.000 F'by_y = 1.688 Bi -Axial Analysis = 1.18 Vx_x = 10.584 fv = F'v.x = Vy_y = fv = F'v.y = k 159 psi 305 psi OK 0.000 k 0 psi 265 psi OK wx -x = 713 plf Px-x = Mx_x = 974.62 kip-in Wy_y = 0 plf Py_y = My_y = 0.00 kip-in Dead + Wind ( +) Vx -x = 0 Ib fbx -x = 2.209 ksi fv = F'bx_x = 3.534 ksi OK F'v.x = 0 Ib fby -y = 0.000 ksi Vy_y = F'by -y = 1.688 ksi OK fv = Bi -Axial Analysis = 0.63 OK F'v.y = 7.793 k 117 psi 424 psi OK 0.000 k 0 psi 368 psi OK wx -x = 525 plf Px-x = Mx_x = 717.64 kip -in WY -Y = 0 plf PY -Y = My_y = 0.00 kip -in Dead + 0.75 Snow + 0.75 Wind ( +) Vx_x = 0 Ib fbx_x = 2.803 ksi fv = Fbx-x = 3.534 ksi OK F'v.x = 0 Ib fby.y = 0.000 Vy_y = F'by -y = 1.688 ksi OK fv = Bi -Axial Analysis = 0.79 OK F'v.y = 9.886 k 148 psi 424 psi OK 0.000 k 0 psi 368 psi OK Wx -x = 666 pif Px-x = Mx_x = 910.37 kip -in Wy_y = 0 pif Py_y = My_y = 0.00 kip -in 0.6 * Dead - Wind ( -) Vx_x = 4.676 k 0 Ib fbx -x = 1.326 ksi fv = 70 psi Fbx-x = 3.534 ksi OK F'v.x = 424 psi OK 0 Ib fby -y = 0.000 ksi Vy_y = 0.000 k F'by -y = 1.688 ksi OK fv = 0 psi Bi -Axial Analysis = 0.38 OK F'v.y = 368 psi OK Wx -x = 315 pif Px-x = Mx_x = 430.58 kip -in WY -Y = 0 plf Py_y = My.y = 0.00 kip -in Deflection X: ADL = 1.72 in IX-X: A(Kcr *D +L) = 2.34 in L/ 207 L/ 152 Y: ADL = 0.00 in U N/A Y -Y: e(Kcr *D +L) = 0.00 in U N/A Armour Unsderfer Eng Inc., P.S., 555 116th Avenue NE, Suite 118, Bellevue, WA 98004 (206) 614 -0949 Project: Key Bank Andover Park Address: 275 Andover Park West, Seattle, WA Client: Callison Pg. No: GLB1 Date: 4/25/11 Job No.: 11044 WOOD BEAM DESIGN: GLB - GLB2 Roof Beam Beam Size : b = 6 3/4 in d = 34.5 in Stress Class ` 24F -1.8E Lumber Species - > I Westem Species I Fbx ( +) = Fbx ( -) = Fby = Un- Balanced 265 psi Fc.perp = 650 psi 230 psi Ex = 1800000 psi Ex.min = 930000 psi 1.5 Ey = 1600000 psi Ey.min = 830000 psi 2400 psi Fv.x = 1450 psi Fv.y = 1450 psi Kcr = Adjustment Factors : CD11VB = 1.15 Ct = 1.00 CDshort term = 1.60 CM (Fb) = 1.00 CM (E) = 1.00 CV = 0.80 CM (Fc.perp) = 1.00 CL = 1.00 Cfu = 1.07 Cc = 1.00 CM (V) = 1.00 Cb = 1.00 Beam Loading: Loading X -X pDL = 13 psf pWL ( +) = X -X pLL = 25 psf pWL ( -) = Y -Y pDL = 0 psf pWL ( +) = Y -Y pLL = 0 psf pWL ( -) = 0 psf PDL = 6.49 k PWL ( +) = 0.00 k 0 psf PLL = 2.32 k PWL ( -) = 0.00 k 0 psf PDL = 0.00 k PWL ( +) = 0.00 k 0 psf PLL = 0.00 k PWL ( -) = 0.00 k L= 48.85 Tributary Width @ Tributary Width @ Dead + Snow Load ft a = 10.92 ft X -X = 18.25 ft Y -Y = 0.00 ft P @ = 59.77 ft 694 plf Px_x = kip -in 0 plf Py_y = 0.00 kip -in 237 plf Px_x = kip-in 0 plf PY_Y = 0.00 kip -in + 0.75 Wind ( +) R.x.max = 36.144 k brg length = 16.0 in fc.perp = 335 psi F'c.perp = 650 psi OK ksi ksi ksi ksi OK OK R.y.max = 0.000 k brg length = 2.0 in fc.perp = 0 psi F'c.perp = 650 psi OK 8817 0 6494 0 8236 0 3896 0 Ib fbx -x = 1.674 F'bx_x = 2.220 Ib fbv -y = 0.000 F'by_y = 1.435 Bi -Axial Analysis = 0.75 Vx_x = 19.756 k fv = 127 psi OK F'v.x = 305 psi OK Vy_y = 0.000 k fv = 0 psi F'v.y = 265 psi OK wx -x = Mx_x = 2241.04 WY -Y = MY_Y = Dead + Wind ( +) Vx_x = 9.084 k Ib fbx_x = 0.762 ksi fv = 59 psi F'bx_x = 3.089 ksi OK F'v.x = 424 psi OK Ib fbY_Y = 0.000 ksi Vy_y = 0.000 k F'by_y = 1.435 ksi OK fv = 0 psi Bi -Axial Analysis = 0.25 OK F'v.y = 368 psi OK Wx -x = Mx_x = 1020.38 WY -Y = MY -Y = Dead + 0.75 Snow Vx_x = 16.701 k Ib fbx -x = 1.398 ksi fv = 108 psi Fbx-x = 3.089 ksi OK F'v.x = 424 psi OK Ib fby -y = 0.000 Vy_y = 0.000 k F'by_y = 1.435 ksi OK fv = 0 psi Bi -Axial Analysis = 0.45 OK F'v.y = 368 psi OK wx -x = 579 plf Px_x = Mx_x = 1872.45 kip -in Wv -y = 0 plf PY_Y = MY_Y = 0.00 kip -in 0.6 * Dead - Wind ( -) Vx_x = 5.450 k Ib fbx_x = 0.457 ksi fv = 35 psi Fbx-x = 3.089 ksi OK F'v.x = 424 psi OK Ib fby_v = 0.000 ksi Vy_y = 0.000 k F'by -y = 1.435 ksi OK fv = 0 psi Bi -Axial Analysis = 0.15 OK F'v.y = 368 psi OK Wx -x = 142 Of Px -x = Mx_x = 612.23 kip -in WY -Y = 0 plf PY_Y = MY_Y = 0.00 kip -in Deflection X -X Main: ODL = 0.73 in Main:A(Kcr *D +L) = 1.41 in L/ 802 U 417 'Cant: Cant: IDL = 0.76 in U 343 = 0.62 in L/ 423 USEIGLB16j75Ri34tOrgi ARGER Armour Unsderfer Eng Inc., P.S., 555 116th Avenue NE, Suite 118, Bellevue, WA 98004 (206) 614 -0949 Project: Key Bank Andover Park Address: 275 Andover Park West, Seattle, WA Client: Callison Pg. No: GLB2 Date: 4/25/11 Job No.: 11044 WOOD BEAM DESIGN: GLB - GLB3 Roof Beam Beam Size : b = 5 1/8 in d = 24 in Stress Class 24F -1.8E Lumber Species - > I Westem Species 930000 psi 830000 psi Fbx ( +) = Fbx ( -) = Fby = Un- Balanced 265 psi Fc.perp = 650 psi 230 psi Ex = 1800000 psi Ex.min = 1.5 Ey = 1600000 psi Ey.min = 2400 psi Fv.x = 1450 psi Fv.y = 1450 psi Kcr = Adjustment Factors : CD11V8 = 1.15 Ct = 1.00 CDshonteen = 1.60 CM (Fb) = 1.00 CM (E) = 1.00 CV = 0.90 CM (Fc.perp) = 1.00 CL = 1.00 Cfu = 1.10 Cc = CM (V) = 1.00 Cb = 1.00 1.00 Beam Loading: Loading X -X pDL = 13 psf pWL ( +) = X -X pLL = 25 psf pWL ( -) = Y -Y pDL = 0 psf pWL ( +) = Y -Y pLL = 0 psf pWL ( -) = 0 psf PDL = 6.49 k PWL ( +) = 0 psf PLL = 2.32 k PWL ( -) = 0 psf PDL = 0.00 k PWL ( +) = 0 psf PLL = 0.00 k PWL ( -) = 0.00 k 0.00 k 0.00 k 0.00 k L= 29.25 Tributary Width @ Tributary Width @ Dead + Snow Load ft a = 10.92 ft X -X = 22.83 ft Y -Y = 0.00 ft P @ = 40.17 ft 868 Of Px_x = kip -in 0 Of Py_y = 0.00 kip -in 297 plf Px_x = kip -in 0 pif Py_y = 0.00 kip -in + 0.75 Wind ( +) R.x.max = 36.037 k brg length = 16.0 in fc.perp = 439 psi F'c.perp = 650 psi OK ksi ksi ksi ksi OK R.y.max = brg length = fc.perp = F'c.perp = 0.000 k 2.0 in 0 psi 650 psi OK 8817 0 6494 0 8236 0 3896 0 Ib fbx -x = 2.443 Fbx-x = 2.491 Ib flay.), = 0.000 F'by_y = 1.656 Bi -Axial Analysis = 0.98 Vx_x = 18.289 fv = OK F'v.x = Vy_y = OK fv = F'v.y = k 223 psi 305 psi OK 0.000 k 0 psi 265 psi OK wx -x = Mx_x = 1201.91 wy -y = My_y = Dead + Wind ( +) Vx_x = Ib fbx -x = 2.161 ksi fv = F'bx -x = 3.466 ksi OK F'v.x = Ib fby_y = 0.000 ksi Vy_y = F'by_y = 1.656 ksi OK fv = Bi -Axial Analysis = 0.62 OK F'v.y = 9.735 k 119 psi 424 psi OK 0.000 k 0 psi 368 psi OK wx -x = Mx -x = 1062.98 wy -y = My_y = Dead + 0.75 Snow Vx_x = 16.151 Ib fbx -x = 3.247 ksi fv = F'bx -x = 3.466 ksi OK F'v.x = Ib fby_y = 0.000 Vy_y = F'by_y = 1.656 ksi OK fv = Bi -Axial Analysis = 0.94 OK F'v.y = k 197 psi 424 psi OK 0.000 k 0 psi 368 psi OK wx -x = 725 plf Px-x = Mx_x = 1597.35 kip -in Wy y = 0 plf Py_y = My -y = 0.00 kip -in 0.6 * Dead - Wind ( -) Vx_x = Ib fbx -x = 1.296 ksi fv = F'bx -x = 3.466 ksi OK F'v.x = Ib fby_y = 0.000 ksi Vy_y = F'by -y = 1.656 ksi OK fv = Bi -Axial Analysis = 0.37 OK F'v.y = 5.841 k 71 psi 424 psi OK 0.000 k 0 psi 368 psi OK wx -x = 178 plf Px -x = Mx -x = 637.79 kip -in wY -Y = 0 pif PY -Y = My -y = 0.00 kip -in Deflection X -X Main: ODL = 0.46 in Main:A(Kcr*D +L) = 0.88 in L/ 763 L/ 397 'Cant: Cant: ODL = 2.08 in L/ 126 = 1.76 in L/ 148 USENGLB,1 12512 241 LARGER. Armour Unsderfer Eng Inc., P.S., 555 116th Avenue NE, Suite 118, Bellevue, WA 98004 (206) 614-0949 Project: Address: Client: Key Bank Andover Park 275 Andover Park West, Seattle, WA Callison Pg. No: Date: Job No.: GLB3 4/25/11 11044 WOOD BEAM DESIGN: GLB - GLB4 Roof Beam Beam Size : b = 5 1/8 in d = 12 in Stress Class 24F -1.8E Lumber Species - > I Westem Species I 930000 psi 830000 psi Fbx ( +) = Fbx ( -) = Fby = Un- Balanced 265 psi Fc.perp = 650 psi 230 psi Ex = 1800000 psi Ex.min = 1.5 Ey = 1600000 psi Ey.min = 2400 psi Fv.x = 1450 psi Fv.y = 1450 psi Kcr = Adjustment Factors : CDiive = 1.00 Ct = 1.00 CDshort terra = 1.60 CM (Fb) = 1.00 CM (E) = 1.00 CV = 1.00 CM (Fc.perp) = 1.00 CL = 1.00 Cfu = 1.10 Cc = CM (V) = 1.00 Cb = 1.00 1.00 Beam Loading: Loading X -X pDL = 816 psf pWL ( +) = X -X pLL = 348 psf pWL ( -) = Y -Y pDL = 0 psf pWL (4-) = Y -Y pLL = 0 psf pWL ( -) = 0 psf PDL = 0.00 k PWL ( +) = 0 psf PLL = 0.00 k PWL ( -) = 0 psf PDL = 0.00 k PWL ( +) = 0 psf PLL = 0.00 k PWL ( -) = 0.00 k 0.00 k 0.00 k 0.00 k Tributary Width @ X Tributary Width @ Y Dead + Live Load L= 7.75 ft -X = 1.00 ft -Y = 0.00 ft P @ = 0.00 ft 1164 plf Px_x = 109.47 kip -in 0 plf Py_y = 0.00 kip -in R.x.max = 4.512 k brg length = 2.0 in fc.perp = 440 psi F'c.perp = 650 psi OK ksi ksi OK ksi ksi OK OK R.y.max = brg length = fc.perp = F'c.perp = 0.000 k 2.0 in 0 psi 650 psi OK 0 Ib fbx_x = 0.890 F'bx_x = 2.400 0 Ib fby_y = 0.000 F'by_y = 1.595 Bi -Axial Analysis = 0.37 Vx -x = fv = F'v.x = Vy_y = fv = F'v.y = 4.512 k 110 psi 265 psi OK 0.000 k 0 psi 230 psi OK wx_x = Mx_x = Wy_y = My -y = Dead + Wind ( +) 816 plf Px -x = 76.74 kip -in 0 pif Py_y = 0.00 kip-in Vx_x = 0 lb fbx -x = 0.624 ksi fv = F'bx_x = 3.840 ksi OK F'v.x = 0 Ib fby -y = 0.000 ksi Vy_y = F'by -y = 1.595 ksi OK fv = Bi -Axial Analysis = 0.16 OK F'v.y = 3.163 k 77 psi 424 psi OK 0.000 k 0 psi 368 psi OK wx_x = Mx_x = Wy -y = My_y = Dead + 0.75 Live + 0.75 Wind ( +) Vx_x = 0 Ib fbx_x = 0.823 ksi fv = F'bx_x = 3.840 ksi OK F'v.x = 0 lb fby_y = 0.000 Vy_y = F'by_y = 1.595 ksi OK fv = Bi -Axial Analysis = 0.21 OK F'v.y = 4.175 k 102 psi 424 psi OK 0.000 k 0 psi 368 psi OK wx_x = 1077 Of Px -x = Mx -x = 101.29 kip-in Wy -y = 0 plf Py_y = My_y = 0.00 kip -in 0.6 * Dead - Wind ( -) Vx_x = 1.898 k 0 lb fbx -x = 0.374 ksi fv = 46 psi F'bx_x = 3.840 ksi OK F'v.x = 424 psi OK 0 lb fby_y = 0.000 ksi Vy_y = 0.000 k F'by_y = 1.595 ksi OK fv = 0 psi Bi -Axial Analysis = 0.10 OK F'v.y = 368 psi OK wx -x = 490 plf Px_x = Mx_x = 46.04 kip -in Wy_y = 0 plf Py -y = My -y = 0.00 kip -in Deflection X -X: ODL = 0.05 in X -X: 0(Kcr *D +L) = 0.10 in L/ 1712 L/ 889 Y -Y: ODL = 0.00 in L/ N/A Y -Y: ,(Kcr *D +L) = 0.00 in L/ N/A USE GLB15 125, 1:2io.r IARGER Armour Unsderfer Eng Inc., P.S., 555 116th Avenue NE, Suite 118, Bellevue, WA 98004 (206) 614-0949 Project: Address: Client: Key Bank Andover Park 275 Andover Park West, Seattle, WA Callison Pg. No: Date: Job No.: GLB4 4/25/11 11044 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Interior Lighting Summary "tale Energy Code Complianee Farms for Noruesidenti9l and Midtlfamily Residential LTG -INT Revised December 2010 cv,a ••ea, ryxn.. Proj ,,. rdo ProjectAddress Ray sank - Andover lark Date 3/1/2011 275 Andover lark Mast For Building Department Use , _ R.4 �v 1� Seattle, 101 98198 Applicant Name: Margie snsiaeara, Inc,!, Applicant AddresS: soo Stewart st, Suite 1000, Seattle, MA, 98101 Applicant Phone: 206.449.3376 Project Description ❑ New Building ❑ Addition ' Alteration ❑ Plans Induded requirements. Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning Compliance Option 0 Prescriptive (Q Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) ❑ No changes are being made to the lighting and space use not changed ❑ Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased, & space use not changed. imum Allowed Lighting Wattage Location (floor plan/room #) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft2 " Uross Intenor Area in ft2 Allowed x Area Bank Remodel permit Area 0.91 3498 3183 Bank Typo 73: 1 -lamp T5 1'x4' 2 34 68 Bank Type 74: compact Tlour:ecent Dow:nlight 2 50 100 " From Table 15 -1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Total Allowed Watts 3183 e Location (floor plan/room #) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Hunk Typo 71: 2 -lamp T5 2'x2' 43 30 1290 Bank Typo 73: 1 -lamp T5 1'x4' 2 34 68 Bank Type 74: compact Tlour:ecent Dow:nlight 2 50 100 Bank lxistinp 3 -lamp 2'x4' Troffer 6 90 540 ..... _ REVIEWED CODE COU PE UK NCE`" APPROVE JUN 132 _ City of i u a Total Proposed Watts may not exceed`r99avnalo N Total Proposed Watts 1998 Notes: 1. For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, Tamp type (e.g. T -8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. For proposed Watts/Fixture, use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the lamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section 1530. For line voltage track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50, or as applicable, the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transformer. For low voltage track lighting list the transformer rated wattage. 3. List all fixtures. For exempt lighting, note section and exception number, and leave Watts /Fixture blank. b1r�SO RECEIVED MAR 012011 PERMIT CENTER 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Interior Lighting Summary (back) LTG -INT 2009 Washington;. tate Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2010 Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: 0 Warehouse or Parking Garage Q Other Qualification Checklist Note: If occupancy type Is `Other and fixture answer is checked, the number of fixtures in the space is not limited by Code. Clearly indicate these spaces on plans. If not qualified, do LPA Calculations. Lighting Fixtures: (Section 1521) Check if 95% or more of fixtures comply with 1,2 or 3 and rest are ballasted. 1. Fluorescent fixtures with a) 1 or 2 two lamps, b) reflector or louvers, c) 5 -60 watt T -1, T -2, T-4, T -5, T -8, or CFL lamps, and d) hard -wired electronic dimming ballasts. Screw -in CFL fixtures and tracking lighting do not qualify. 2. Metal Halide with a) reflector b) ceramic MH lamps < =150w c) electronic ballasts 3. LED lights. TABLE 15 -1 Unit Lighting Power Allowance (LPA Use' LPA (W /ft`) Use' LPA` (W /ft`) Automotive facility 0.85 Office buildings, office /administrative areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools, hospitals, institutions, museums, banks, churches)5 0.91 Convention center 1.10 Parking garages 0.20 Courthouse 1.10 Penitentiary and other Group 1 -3 Occupancies 0.90 Cafeterias, fast food establishments', restaurants/bars5 1.20 Police and fire stations 0.90 Dormitory 0.85 Post office 1.00 Dweling Units 1.00 Retai110, retail banking, mall concourses, wholesale stores (pallet rack shelving) 1.33 Exercise center 0.95 School buildings (Group E Occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers 1.00 Gymnasia, assembly spaces 0.95 Theater, motion picture 0.97 Health care clinic 1.00 Theater, performing arts 1.25 Hospital, nursing homes, and other Group 1 -1 and 1 -2 Occupancies 1.20 Transportation 0.80 Hotel /motel 1.00 Warehouses 0.50 Laboratory spaces (all spaces not classified "laboratory" shall meet office and other appropriate categories) 1.62 Workshops 1.20 Laundries 1.20 Libraries' 1.20 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only' Manufacturing facility 1.20 Main floor building lobbies' (except mall concourses) 1.10 Museum 1.00 Common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms, elevator lobbies 0.80 ootnotes for Table 15 -1 1) in cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2) The watts per square foot may be increased, by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 20 feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 12 feet. 4) For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly. 5) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 9 feet. 6) Reserved. 7) For conference rooms and offices less than 150ft2 with full height partitions, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.1 w /ft2 may be used. 8) Reserved. 9) For indoor sport toumament courts with adjacent spectator seating over 5,000, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.60 W/ft2. 10) Display window illumination installed within 2 feet of the window, provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three- quarter- height partitions (transparent or opaque) and lighting for free - standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt. An additional lighting power allowance is allowed for merchandise display luminaires installed in retail sales areas that are specifically designed and directed to highlight merchandise. The following additional wattages apply: i. 0.6 watts per square foot of sales floor area not listed in items ii and iii below, ii. 1.4 watts per square foot of fumiture, clothing, cosmetics or artwork floor area; or iii. 2.5 watts per square foot of jewelry, crystal or china floor area. The specified floor area for items i, ii, or iii above, and the adjoining circulation paths shall be identified and specified on building plans. Calculate the additional power allowance by multiplying the above LPDs by the sales floor area for each department excluding major circulation paths. The total additional lighting power allowance is the sum of allowances for sales categories I, ii, or iii plus an additional 1,000 watts for each separate tenant larger than 250 square feet in area. The additional wattage is allowed only if the merchandise display luminaires comply with all of the following: (a) Located on ceiling- mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling itself (not on the wall). (b) Adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes (vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed and automatically controlled, separately from the general lighting, to be tumed off during nonbusiness hours. This additional power shall be used only for the specified luminaires and shall not be used for any other purpose. 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Exterior Lighting Summary LTG -EXT 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2010 Project Info Proj Addres. Key Bank - Andover Park Date 3/1/2011 275 Andover Park west For Building Department Use Seattle, WA 98188 Name: Hargis Engineers, Inc Appl. Name 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000, Seattle, WA, 98101 Appl. Phon€ 206.448.3376 Project Description ❑ New ❑ Addition Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls 113 ❑ Plans Included requirements. ✓ Alteration and commissioning Lighting Zone (as specified by Jurisdiction) 0 Zone 1 Zone 2 ® Zone 3 0 Zone 4 Compliance Option 0 Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis Building Grounds (luminaires > 100 Watts) ❑ Efficacy > 60 lumens/VV ❑ Controlled by motion sensor ❑ Exemption (list) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) ❑ No changes are being made to the lighting and space use not changed. ❑ Less than 60% of fixtures are new, installed wattage not increased, & space use not changed. Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Base Site Allowance: 750 Tradable Surfaces Description Allowed Watts per ft2 or per If Area (ft`), perimeter (If) or # of items Allowed Watts x ft2 (or x If) Total Allowed Tradable Watts: radable Proposed Lighting Wattage (use mfgr listed maximum input wattage for luminaire.) Surface Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Area (ft2), perimeter (10 or # of items Allowed Watts x ft2 (or x If) Bldg. Facade (by area) SE Facade Lighting 0.15 W /ft2 750 113 Total proposed tradable watts may not exceed the sum of total allowed tradable watts plus Total Proposed Tradable Watts: the base site allowance. Any base site allowance not needed to make tradable watts comply can be applied to individual non - tradable categories. Non - Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Base Site Allowance Remaining: 750 Non - Tradable Surfaces Description Allowed Watts per ft2 or per If Area (ft2), perimeter (10 or # of items Allowed Watts x ft2 (or x If) Bldg. Facade (by area) SE Facade Lighting 0.15 W /ft2 750 113 Non - Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage Surface Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Bldg. Facade (by area) Type F5: MH Ground Light 2 39 78 Non - tradable proposed watts may not exceed allowed watts for any individual surface unless the total excess watts for all non - tradable surfaces are less than the remaining site allowance. Total excess Non - Tradable watts: Site Allowance Balance: 0 750 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Exterior Lighting Summary (back) LTG -EXT 2009 Washington, State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential TABLE 15 -2B LIGHTING POWER DENSITIES FOR BUILDING EXTE Revised December 2010 Specific area description Zone 1 500 W Zone 2 600 W Zone 3 750 W Zone 4 1300 W Base site allowance' Tradable Surfaces 2 Uncovered Parking Parking lots and drives Areas 0.04 W /ftZ 0.06 W /ftz 0.10 W/& 0.13 W/ft2 Building Grounds Walkways less than 10 ft wide 0.7 W/linear foot 0.7 W/ linear foot 0.8 W/ linear foot 1.0 W/ linear foot Walkways 10 ft wide or greater Plaza areas Special feature areas 0.14 W /ftZ 0.14 W/ft2 0.16 W /ft2 0.2 W/& Exterior Stairways 0.75 W /ft2 1.0 W/ft2 1.0 W/ft2 1.0 W/ft2 Pedestrian tunnel 0.15 W /ftZ 0.15 W/ft2 0.2 W /ftZ 0.3 W /ftZ Landscaping 0.04 W/ft2 0.05 W/ft2 0.05 W/ft2 0.05 W/ft2 Building Entrances and Exits Main entries 20 W /linear foot of door width 20 W /linear foot of door width 30 W/linear foot of door width 30 W /linear foot of door width Other doors 20 W/linear foot of door width 20 W/linear foot of door width 20 W /linear foot of door width 20 W/linear foot of door width Entry canopies 0.25 W/ft2 0.25 W/ft2 0.4 W /ftZ 0.4 W /ftZ Sales Canopies Free standing and attached 0.6 W /ftZ 0.6 W /ft2 0.8 W/ft2 1.0 W/ft2 Outdoor Sales Open areas3 0.25 W/ft2 0.25 W /ft2 0.5 W/ft2 0.7 W/ft2 Street frontage for vehicle sales lots in addition to "open area" allowance No Allowance 10 W /linear foot 10 W /linear foot 30 W/linear foot Non - Tradable Surfaces4 Building Facades No Allowance 0.1 W /ft2 for each illuminated wall or surfaces 0.15 W /ft2 for each illuminated wall or surface& 0.2 W /ft2 for each illuminated wall or surface Automated teller machines and night depositories 270 W per locations 270 W per locations 270 W per locations 270 W per locations Entrances and gatehouse inspection stations at guarded facilities 0.75 W /ft2 of covered & uncovered area Loading areas for law enforcement, fire, ambulance and other emergency service vehicles 0.5 W /ftZ of covered & uncovered area Material handling and associated storage No Allowance I No Allowance No Allowance 10.5 W/ft2 Drive -up Windows & Doors 400W per drive- through Parking near 24 -hour retail entrances 800 W per main entry FOOTNOTES FOR TABLE 15 -2B: 1. Base site allowance may be used in tradable or nontradable surfaces. 2. Lighting power densities for uncovered parking areas, building grounds, building entrances and exits, canopies and overhangs and outdoor sales areas may be traded. 3. Including vehicle sales lots. 4. Lighting power density calculations for the following applications can be used only for the specific application and cannot be tad( between surfaces or with other exterior lighting. The following allowances are in addition to any allowance otherwise permitted i the "Tradable Surfaces" section of this table. 5. May alternately use 2.5 watts per linear foot for each wall or surface length. 6. May alternately use 3.75 watts per linear foot for each wall or surface length. 7. May alternately use 5 watts per linear foot for each wall or surface length. 8. An additional 90 watts is allowed per additional ATM location. City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director JOE KENNY 1420 FIFTH AV, SUITE 2400 SEATTLE WA 98101 RE: Permit No. D11 -050 KEY BANK 275 ANDOVER PK W TUKW Dear Permit Holder: In reviewing our current records, the above noted permit has not received a final inspection by the City of Tukwila Building Division. Per the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and /or the National Electric Code, every permit issued by the Building Division under the provisions of these codes shall expire by limitation and become null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit has not begun within 180 days from the issuance date of such permit, or if the building or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at any time after the work has begun for a period of 180 days. Your permit will expire on 03/10/2012. Based on the above, you are hereby advised to: 1) Call the City of Tukwila Inspection Request Line at 206 - 431 -2451 to schedule for the next or final inspection. Each inspection creates a new 180 day period, provided the inspection shows progress. -or- 2) Submit a written request for permit extension to the Permit Center at least seven (7) days before it is due to expire. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your permit. The Building Code does allow the Building Official to approve one extension of up to 180 days. If it is determined that your extension request is granted, you will be notified by mail. In the event you do not call for an inspection and /or receive an extension prior to 03/10/2012, your permit will become null and void and any further work on the project will require a new permit and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, ifer Marshall it Technician File: Permit File No. D11-050 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 • • June 2, 2011 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Re: KeyBank, 10 -2078 Andover Park Correction Letter #1 - Response Application: D11 -050 Dear Jennifer Marshall, CALLISON Per Permit Correction Letter #1, attached are four (4) sets of revised plans for KeyBank — 275 Andover Park W. The drawings have been updated per the Planning Review approval letter L11-017. All revisions have been clouded. I've also attached two narratives addressing drawing revisions (Permit Revision #1 and Permit Revision #2). Please do not hesitate to contact me if I can help clarify any of the corrections. Sincerely, Joe Kenny Associate c: Callison: 210251.02 CORRECTION LTR# 1 ill 1453 THIRD STREET PROMENADE #400 SANTA MONICA, CALIFORNIA 90401 T 310 394 8460 F 310 394 4970 www.callison.com ECEI E JUN 02 2011 PERM1TCENTER 4 • • April 18, 2011 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Re: KeyBank, 10 -2078 Andover Park Permit Review Comments Response tPermitRemisionia, ; Application: L11 -017 11 -060 To whom it may concern: CALLISON Please find a summary of our corrections below in response to your review comments received on March 28, 2011. Revised renderings and drawings are attached with revisions as follows: 1: THE CURVED SOUTHEAST FACADE WALL IS POORLY INTEGRATED INTO THE OVERALL BUILDING DESIGN THE NORTHWEST SIDE OF THE WALL (THE BACK SIDE OF THE SOUTHEAST CURVED WALL) LOOKS LIKE THE BACK OF A BILLBOARD OR ROOFTOP SIGN. THIS IS UNACCEPTABLE. Response: See revised sheets A -201 and A -202. The new curved Southeast Facade has been dropped 3' -6" from a height of 23' -0" AFF to a height of 19' -6" AFF, greatly reducing the portion of the parapet visible from the Northwest. In addition to the height revision, detail 5 /A- 501 has been revised to show the new cornice wrapping around the end of the new parapet walls for a cleaner finished appearance. Also see Structural Drawings and Narrative. 2. THE USE OF PAINT COLOR (DIVINE WHITE ALONG THE TOP BAND AND DEER VALLEY BELOW) SEPARATES THE BUILDING INTO HORIZONTAL HALVES. ON THE SOUTHEAST FACADE THERE IS A CONNECTION BETWEEN THE TWO HALVES BECAUSE THE WHITE COLUMNS EXTEND THE LIGHTER COLOR INTO THE LOWER HALF OF THE BUILDING. ALTHOUGH THIS IS THE EXISTING TREATMENT, THE GREY AND DARK GREY ARE AT LEAST IN THE SAME HUE BUT WITHA DIFFERENT VALUE. THIS DOESN'T SEEM LIKE THE BEST USE OF COLOR FOR THE BUILDING THOUGH. OVERALL THE DESIGN OF THE BUILDIING IS ASYMMETRICAL WITH LITTLE EMBELLISHMENT OR TRIM. THE ROOF TOP CORNICE IS DETAILED AND TRADITIONAL OR CLASSICAL IN STYLE. STYLISTICALLY THERE IS LITTLE COORDINATION BETWEEN THE PROPOSED MODIFICATIONS AND THE EXISTING STRUCTURE AND ITS FEATURES. Response: See revised sheets A -201, A -202, and sheet A -602. The proposed paint colors and new cornice are KeyBank corporate standards. A 1" x 5 -1/2" trim element painted "Rave Red" has been added at the boundary between the "Divine White" along the top and the "Deer Valley" below. The new trim serves as a transition between the two colors as well as an accent around the perimeter of the building. The columns at the new Southeast facade extend the "Divine White" to the ground as indicated in the city comments. For consistency, we have extended "Divine White" to the ground at the drive thru canopy columns as well. 1453 THIRD STREET PROMENADE #400 SANTA MONICA, CALIFORNIA 90401 T 310 394 8460 F 310 394 4970 www.callison.com KeyBank, 10 -20778 An•r Park Project number 210251.02 April 18, 2011 Page 2 • In regards to the new cornice system not match the existing building stylistically, we believe that the new cornice and trim improve the overall appearance of the building and bring architectural interest to a building that is currently very plain. The building is asymmetrical; however, the shape of the building, especially on the pedestrian level, has very little impact on whether or not the cornice fits stylistically. Because the building is so simple and devoid of ANY embellishment or trim, it lends itself well to many different styles of embellishment. 3. BUILDING ACCENT VIA THE RED CANOPY (AS WELL AS THE TALLER FACADE WALL) IS OCCURING AT THE SOUTHEAST CORNER AND NOT AT THE ACTUAL ENTRANCE. THE SOUTHEAST CORNER SHOULD BECOME AN ENTRY OR THE ACTUAL ENTRY SHOULD ALSO BE TREATED WITH ARCHITECTURAL OR ORNAMENTAL ACCENT Response: The red canopy, taller facade, and signage occur along the Southeast corner of the building because of the prominent visibility to both automobile and pedestrian traffic. Moving the entrance to the corner is not feasible due to an existing utilities easement. A new entrance would also pose programming and security concerns due to proximity to the existing vault. Architecturally the existing entry occurs at a large covered soffit that is well defined. We are proposing new signage to further define the existing entry and the addition of the standard cornice and trim to add architectural interest. 4. PLEASE PROPOSE ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING THAT COMPLEMENTS THE OVERALL CHARACTER OF THE DESIGN. Response: See sheets A -121 and E -121. We are proposing to refurbish the existing under - soffit lighting and wall packs at all existing building facades. At the new Southeast facade, we are proposing landscape uplights to enhance each of the new columns in addition to reusing existing under soffit lighting and installing new illuminated signage. 5. PLEASE EXPLAIN THE ROOFTOP DRAINAGE SYSTEM AND ANY NEW MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND HOW THEY ARE INCORPORATED INTO ANY OF THE BUILDING DESIGN FEATURES. Response: The rooftop drainage system is existing. The new parapet at the Southeast corner does not add significant drainage loads to the existing system. The mechanical equipment and screens are existing to remain. 6. THE COMMUNITY LANDSCAPING STANDARD IS 90 PERCENT COVERAGE OF ALL PLANTING AREAS. IN REVIEWING THE SITE PLAN AND THE LEASE LINES FOR THE BANK, THERE ARE A NUMBER OF LANDSCAPE AREAS THAT SHOULD BE PLANTED WITH SUPPLEMENTAL PLANTS IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN THE STANDARD. Response: See sheet A -001. Added a note to "PROVIDE ADDITIONAL LANDSCAPING TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT LANDSCAPING AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN 90 PERCENT COVERAGE" at all planting areas. KeyBank, 10 -20778 An•r Park Project number 210251.02 April 18, 2011 Page 3 • 7. MALL PROPERTIES ARE GOVERNED BY CITY OF TUKWILA 1932 (AS AMENDED) SIGN CODE AND NOT THE NEW CODE THAT WAS RECENTLY ADOPTED. UNDER THE 1982, EACH BUSINESS IS ALLOWED TWO SIGNS THAT ARE DISCERNABLE FROM THE PUBLIC RIGHT OF WAY OR ADJACENT PROPERTY. THE MALL PROPERTY IS NOT CONSIDERED AN ADJACENT PROPERTY BUT SIGNS VISIBLE FROM STRANDER BOULEVARD AND ANDOVER PARK WEST MUST BE PERMITTED PER THE PREVIOUS SIGN CODE. Response: Signage is provided by the owner's vendor under separate permit. The signage at the Southeast corner and at the existing entrance meet requirements as outlined in the city comment. The proposed sign at the drive -thru canopy has been removed from the project scope. Please do not hesitate to contact me if I can help clarify any of the corrections. Sincerely, Joe Kenny Associate c: Callison: 210251.02 April 18, 2011 • • Armour Unsderfer Engineering, Inc., P.S. 555 116th Avenue NE, Suite 118, Bellevue, WA 98004 Phone (425) 614 -0949 Fax (425) 614 -0950 Mr. Joe Kenny Callison 1420 Fifth Ave, Suite 2400 Seattle, WA 98101 RE: Design Narrative for Key Bank Andover Park — Permit Revision AUE No: 11044 Dear Mr. Kenny, This is a narrative to address the permit revisions. My responses are as follows: 1. Sheet S -001 o Changed reference for "MC12" to "C12" at (E) GLB 2. Sheet S -002 o Detail 1/S -002 • Changed dimension on parapet to indicate brace location as 1' -6" from top of parapet • Changed steel channel at (E) GLB from MC12x31 to C12x20.7 o Detail 2/S -002 • Changed dimension on parapet to indicate brace location as 1' -6" from top of parapet o Detail 3/S -002 • Changed dimension on parapet to indicate brace location as 1' -6" from top of parapet o Detail 51S -002 • Changed "MC12" to "C12" at (E) GLB • Changed plate size at end of channels to 12" wide instead of 15" Please feel free to contact us if you have any questions regarding this. Sincerely, Armour Unsderfer Engineering, Inc., P.S. Alex Habliston, P.E. • • May 16, 2011 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Re: KeyBank, 10 -2078 Andover Park Permit Review Comments Response (Permit Revision #2) Application: L11 -017 Dit —otio Dear Moira Bradshaw: CALLISON Please find a summary of our corrections below in response to your email dated April 27, 2011, requesting additional development of the architectural lighting and building entry. Revised drawings are attached with revisions as follows: 1. THE EXISTING WALL PACKS ARE FUNCTIONAL SERVICE LIGHTING THAT DO NOT SERVE THE ARCHITECTURE OF THE BUILDING. Response: See sheets AD -121, A -121, A -201, E -121, and attached cut sheets. Existing wall packs are to be removed and replaced with new Lithonia WST -M -S fixtures. Fixtures are to have clear anodized aluminum finish. 4. REGARDING EXISTING ENTRY, MORE WILL NEED TO BE DONE AT THE PEDESTRIAN LEVEL, IE: PERHAPS IMPROVED SITE FURNISHINGS AND /OR ENTRY PLANTINGS. Response: See sheets AD -111 and A -113. We are eliminating the existing trash receptacle as the new ATM has an integrated trash receptacle. We are also eliminating the existing ash bin as the bank would like to discourage smoking near the bank entrance. The existing bench and remaining planter are to be replaced with a new 6' -0" PL -3H bench and two(2) PTR -12 planters. New furnishing are to have a Walnut Brown finish. The contractor will be responsible for the addition of the bench, planters, and plants. KeyBank facilitites management will be responsible for future maintenance. Please do not hesitate to contact me if I can help clarify any of the corrections. Sincerely, Joe Kenny Associate c: Callison: 210251.02 1453 THIRD STREET PROMENADE #400 SANTA MONICA. CALIFORNIA 90401 T 310 394 8460 F 310 394 4970 www.callison.com • • May 16, 2011 Callison Architecture, Inc. 1420 Fifth Avenue, Suite 2400 Seattle, WA 98101 Attention: Joe Kenny Regarding: Key Bank — Andover Park Permit Revision #2 Electrical: Sheet E -121 1. Revised Lighting Schedule and replace two exterior flood lights Thank you, Electrical — Brian Safaie H A R G I S 600 Stewart Street Suits 1000 Seattle, WA 08101 t 206.448.3376 f 1206,448,4450 w I hargia.biz ENGINEERS .f • Joe Kenny From: Moira Bradshaw [mbradshaw @ci.tukwila.wa.us] Sent: Wednesday, April 27, 2011 6:12 PM To: Joe Kenny Subject: Re: FW: Key Bank L11 -017 Joe - Just an update of where we are: 1. The document from Westfield is sufficient. 2. I'm waiting to get a response back from the Development Engineer regarding the easement and I'll follow -up with them when I'm in next week. I looked it over and it seems like the canopy shouldn't interfere. 3. I will be preparing a staff report and response to your comments in the April 18 letter. The lighting and entry are points that we will be asking for additional development. Regarding lighting, I don't see E -121 nor any note on A121 regarding the wall packs. The wall packs are functional service lighting that do not serve the architecture of the building. Regarding the existing entry, the overhanging soffit at the entrance does attract notice or attention to the building's entry. More will need to be done at the pedestrian level, ie perhaps improved site furnishings and or entry plantings. I hope we can discuss on Monday any ideas you have for these two elements. Thank you, Moira Carr Bradshaw, AICP Senior Planner, DCD City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 100 Tukwila WA 98188 Phone: (206) 431 3651 www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 'The materials of city planning are sky, space, trees, steel and cement, in that order and in that hierarchy." Le Corbusier »> On 04/22/2011 at 11:20 AM, in message < BB2D5AA4EB553E49B89FEBB501837EF601983AFE68 @SEAEXCH4.callison.local >, Joe Kenny <Joe.Kenny @callison.com> wrote: Hi Moira, The following are additional responses tattle items outlined below: .1 .. I.sent along a Westfield .approval document on Wednesday 4/20/11 w,Please'let me know if this document will work. OK...:. :........:.::..::....:. 1 spoke with Brilliant. signage ::'Connie Guffie'of Plumb Signs is their local subcontractor. Everyone is in the loop :on'the signage requirements: '' • : 4. Attached is a.copy of easement 72010.7039.7. , Please let me know if you need any additional information. 1 • Thanks! Joe Kenny Associate ioe :kennydd callison.com CALLISON 1420 FIFTH AVENUE #2400 SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98101 -2343 T 1 206 623 4646 F 1 206 623 4625 • '. From: Moira Bradshaw [mailto:mbradshaw @ci.tukwila.wa.us] Sent: Tuesday, April 19, 2011 2 :37 PM To: Joe Kenny Subject: RE: Key Bank L11 -017 Joe - It must have been "off to work I go "hi ho" Sorry about that 1. ":The issue with Westfield is that the Tukwila application .specifically;states that the owner has given you authority In addition; Tukwila wants to makE' sure they are aware that the previous design review of the-property is being.modified to show the changes to Key Bank. 2. Thanks for the colored photo montage - I was looking at the.Iarge set and didn't see the reduced versions. 3. I've spoken with Connie Guffey of Plumb Signs, not anyone from Brilliant. 4. I've gone back to the Public Works Department with the survey to ask them if they have any issues or concerns with the canopy. They would like a copy of the easement 7201070397 so that they can review the language. They thought your surveyor should have it. Thanks again. Moira Carr Bradshaw, AICP Senior Planner, DCD City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 1100 Tukwila WA 98188 Phone: (206) 431 3651 www.ci.tukwila.wa.us "The materials of city planning are sky, space, trees, steel and cement, in that order and in that hierarchy." Le Corbusier »> On 04/19/2011 at 2:14 PM, in message < BB2D5AA4EB553E49B89FEBB501 837EF6019332AC41 @SEAEXCH4.cal Iison.Iocal>, Joe Kenny <Joe.Kenny @callison.com> wrote: 1 Hi Moira, 2 June 1, 2011 • • City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director Joe Kenny Callison 1420 Fifth Ave #2400 Seattle, WA 98101 RE: Correction Letter #1 Development Permit Application Number D11 -050 Key Bank — 275 Andover Pk W Dear Mr. Kenny, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Planning Department. At this time the Building, Fire and Public Departments have no comments. Planning Department: Moira Bradshaw at 206 431 -3651 if you have questions regarding the attached comments. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) sets of revised plans, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, Jenn fer Marshall Permit Technician Fi D11 -050 W:\Permit Center\Correction Letters \2011 \I311-050 Correction Letter N 1.doc 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 • • PLANNING DIVISION COMMENTS Planner Moira Carr Bradshaw Date: May 31, 2011 Subject: D11 -050 Key Bank — March 9, 2011 Correction Submittal Please submit corrections to correspond with approved design. Specifically submit corrections for Sheets A131, A201, A202, A501, A502; S -00, and S002. Also include any modifications that correspond with L11-017 approval letter. May 17, 2011 • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Joe Kenny Callison 1420 Fifth Avenue #2400 Seattle WA 98101 -2343 Subject: Key Bank Design Review Minor Modification — File PL 11 -012 Westfield Southcenter Design Review File L04 -049 Dear Joe: Jim Haggerton, Mayor Jack Pace, Director The subject design review approval for Westfield Southcenter Mall Expansion, included a site plan for 597,009 square feet of new building square footage consisting of a three level addition to the mall, two parking structures, four new outlying building pads and associated site and landscape improvements; and elevations for the mall addition as well as the two parking garages. It was agreed that any design review of the outlying structures would occur when the buildings were ready for review. Key Bank's proposed facade renovation is considered a modification that falls within the above scope of work that was reviewed and approved by the City's Board of Architectural Review. BACKGROUND Key Bank is an, existing bank at 275 Andover Park West. The existing structure is 4,338 square feet. The proposed changes will not alter the foot print or overall square footage but will change the overall look of the building. The proposed changes to the building include a small increase in height of three additional inches of painted fiberglass cornice around the entire parapet of the building. The parapet wall will be increased in height by approximately four feet six inches over the curved southeast facing windows. The higher parapet is framed by a column on each side with 3 inch horizontal reveals every one and half feet along the column. A metal canopy in "Rave Red" will be added at this corner over the windows. A new narrow horizontal trim band that is five and a half inches tall is being added horizontally around the building emphasizing the frieze — like element of the contrasting horizontal band of color. This modem entablature consists of contrasting color in white with the rest of the building painted a tan/khaki color called "Deer Valley." A few other building elements will be painted with the contrasting white or red. Comparison of the Proposed Modifications to the Original Approved Design TMC 18.60.50(B) lists the criteria for approval of the design review application. Listed below is the discussion of the proposed modification relative to the criteria listed under TMC 18.60.50 (B). 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila Washington 98188 • Phone 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax 206 - 431 -3665 • • 1. Relationship of the structure to the site There are no changes to the site layout. 2. Relationship of structure and site to adjoining area. There are no changes to the site layout. 3. Landscaping There is existing mature landscaping around the foundation of the south and west sides of the building. Within the tenant line is one landscape island and there is one planter adjacent to the front entry that is fairly bare. Some of the foundation plantings will be removed by the new parapet columns. No planting plan has been provided; although the site plan (Sheet A -0O1) shows the areas of planting. 4. Building Design a.) Architectural Design Quality and Relationship to Surroundings The parapet of the building is being raised (Detail 3, Sheet A -501) three inches through the addition of a comice around the entire building. One corner of the building will have a higher parapet -four and a half feet — (Detail 1 Sheet A -501), columnar reliefs and a metal awning. A trim piece (Sheet A -201) is being attached two thirds up the wall, which will divide the two building colors of tan and white. The height of the building will be slightly taller. b.) Building of Appropriate Scale and in Harmony with Neighboring Structures The renovation and significant additions will occur primarily in the southeast comer of the existing building and the new parapet will be four and a half feet taller along the curved comer of the building. The awning is placed just at the top of the existing windows and in line with the proposed new trim piece, two thirds up the building wall. c) Building components such as windows, doors, eaves and parapets should have good proportions and relationship to one another. No new windows are proposed. The new parapet height and the new awning have good proportions and relationship to the building. d) Materials and Colors: Page 2 of 5 • • Painting the building the new colors will more closely match the colors of the mall expansion. The brick and stone colors of the adjacent mall garages are the tan and cream colors. (Attachment E - Color and Materials Board; March 9, 2011) e.) Mechanical Equipment or Utility Hardware No new mechanical equipment is proposed for the renovation. f.) Exterior Fixtures, Standards, and Accessories Building/site lighting is currently coming primarily from soffit lighting within the entrance vestibule and the drive through awning. There are also two "wall packs" that hang on the northwest elevation. Uplighting is being installed in the landscape area to highlight the two new columns on either side of the new awning in the southeast comer. Two new light fixtures (Attachment B) are to replace the existing utilitarian wall packs. They will be located at the same height along the white frieze on the northwest elevation. g) Monotony of Design The building is an unusual combination of angular and rounded building planes. The addition of the heightened parapet and book end columnar reliefs over the curved wall plane will emphasize that feature of the building. 5. Miscellaneous Structures Overall the design of the miscellaneous structures and site fumishings shall be consistent with the architectural concept and the landscape design. The entry currently has a bench, planter, waste receptacle, and ash receptacle made of an aggregate stone. (Photo, Sheet A205) The applicant is proposing new materials for the entry amenities. Attachments C and D show the catalog cut sheets for the proposed design for one bench and two planters. The color chosen is a metallic silver to match the tenant storefront framing. 6. Signage In 2004, Westfield Corporation, the property owner of the site, entered into a development agreement that vested the subject site to the 2007 Tukwila Sign Code. The tenant is allowed two signs that are visible from any adjacent right of way. A sign package (File No. S11-013) was submitted with the design review modifications that include six signs. Two signs that are allowed are over the entry, which faces Andover Park West and over the southeast comer curving facade. The signs are channel letters that spell out "Key Bank" in black and the red key logo. Additional signage over the ATMs is allowed without the Key Bank or logo signage if it is Page 3 of 5 r visible from either Strander Boulevard or Andover Park West. The detailed review of signage will be done as part of the review of sign the permit application. Conclusions The proposed changes to the existing Key Bank are in keeping with the design changes of the Mall expansion. The proportions of the new parapet and cornice are in harmony with the dimensions of the existing building and its various components. Bright color is used as an accent. Exterior lighting is being upgraded in terms of new replacement fixtures for soffit lighting. Replacement fixtures on the northwest wall will blend with the overall design and be functional without being distracting. Architectural lighting will emphasize a new feature of the building. Site furnishings will be improved and are located to emphasize the entry and provide amenity. Landscaping has not been adequately addressed but is a minor element of the overall site and a small required piece of the landscape plan. Ground cover to fulfill the minimum 90 % coverage standard and plants for the planters remains to be provided. In addition to providing amenity and function for customers at the entry to the building, the furnishings will provide a visual cue as to the location of the entrance to the building. The building's shape is irregular. The building's entrance is not emphasized through its architectural treatment. The use of the site furnishings and landscaping is a method of highlighting the function at that location. Color of the furnishings would be a way to highlight and emphasize the use of the furnishings. Rave red on the furnishings or some other complementary accent is needed to draw the eye to the entry. Finally, signage needs to be modified to reflect Sign Code standards that apply to the site. Decision The proposed revisions to the approved design are considered minor modifications as permitted under 18.60.030 (E). This request for minor modification to the BAR approved design is approved subject to the following conditions. 1. Prior to the issuance of the building permit the applicant shall provide a planting plan for the area to meet the Tukwila landscape standard of 90% groundcover within three years (TMC 18.52.030.) 2. The applicant must revise the sign permit application to meet the requirement of the Sign Code TMC Title 19 and the proposed signage shall be consistent with the architecture of the building... 3. Color of the entry site furnishings shall be an accent color, such as Rave Red. APPEAL PROCESS This decision is a Type 1 decision that may be appealed to the City's Hearing Examiner. The Permit Application Types and Procedures chapter of the City's Zoning Code, Classification of Project Permit Page 4 of 5 • • Applications section (18.104.010(B), outlines the authorization and process for appeal. If you have any questions, you can contact Moira Bradshaw at 206 - 431 -3651. Sincerely, 3 L Pace Director Community Development Attachments A — Plan Set (Callison 4/18/11) B - New light fixture C — New bench D — New planter E — Color and materials board HAkey bank keybankstaffreport.doc Page 5 of 5 d March 4, 2011 • Gity of Tukwila • Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director Joe Kenney Callison 1420 Fifth Ave #2400 Seattle, WA 98101 RE: Incomplete Letter #1 Development Permit Application D11 -050 Key Bank — 275 Andover Pk W Dear Mr. Kenney, This letter is to inform you that your permit application received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center on March 1, 2011 is determined to be incomplete. Before your application can continue the plan review process the attached /following items from the following department(s) need(s) to be addressed: Planning Department: Jaimie Reavis at 206 431 -3659 if you have any questions concerning the attached comments. Please address the comment above in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and /or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) sets of revised plans, specifications and /or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at the Permit Center at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, Jen fifer shall Pe it Technician Enclosures File: DI1 -050 W:\Permit Center \Incomplete Letters\2011\D11 -050 Incomplete Ltr #1.DOC 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 DATE: APPLICANT: RE: ADDRESS: PLANNING DIVISION COMMENTS March 3, 2011 Joe Kenny D11 -050 275 Andover Park West Please review the following comments listed below and submit your revisions accordingly. 1. Proposed changes to the design of the building exterior will require you to apply for a Minor Modification Design Review. You will need to apply for this application in order for us to deem the building permit complete. The building permit will not be issued until the Minor Modification application is approved by the Department of Community Development. 2. Signage for Key Bank shall be reviewed through separate sign permits. Please note, per TMC section 19.20.050, Permanent Building- Mounted Signs in Commercial /Industrial Zones, Flush- Mounted Building Signs (wall signs) are typically only allowed on building elevations with an exterior public entrance, unless the site can qualify for "Incentive Signage" (see information below). Key Bank may be able to install a wall sign on a building elevation that does not have an exterior public entrance if the project will meet one of the following criteria for "Incentive Signage": 1) At least 50 percent of the wall area between the height of two and seven feet must be transparent with either an unobstructed view into the business or use, or a display window with a depth of at least three feet. 2) Architectural detailing consistent with the building design using changes in color, materials, texture and variations in the wall plane. 3) Artwork such as mosaic, mural or sculptural relief over at least 50 percent of the wall surface. 4) One or more trellises covering at least 50 percent of the wall area between the height of two and seven feet, planted with climbing vines and other plant materials in a planting bed at least two feet in width and provided with permanent irrigation. 5) The allowable area of the sign is 50 percent of that calculated in "Table 2 — Allowable Message Area for Permanent Wall Signs in Commercial and Industrial Zones." If you have any questions related to the comments above, Jaimie Reavis is the planner assigned to the file and can be reached at 206 - 431 -3659. "E PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D11 -050 PROJECT NAME: KEY BANK SITE ADDRESS: 275 ANDOVER PK W Original Plan Submittal X Response to Correction Letter # 1 DATE: 06 -02 -11 Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: Ark- ul I . ono Ing !vision Public Works ❑ u Fire Prevention Structural n Planing Division ❑ Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) DUE DATE: 06-07-11 Complete Incomplete 111 Not Applicable n Comments: Permit'Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: No further Review Required DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved n Approved with Conditions Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: DUE DATE: 07 -05 -11 Not Approved (attach comments) n Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents /routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 PERMIT COORD COPY r PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D11 -050 DATE: 03/09/11 PROJECT NAME: KEY BANK SITE ADDRESS: 275 ANDOVER PK W Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # X Response to Incomplete Letter # 1 Revision # after Permit Issued /D-'E�PART�MEENNTS: B'liilding I'6 "vision Public Works n Fire Prevention Structural anning Division Permit Coordinator cAdit DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete 71 Comments: Incomplete ❑ DUE DATE: 03/10/11 Not Applicable n Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 04/07/11 Approved Approved with Conditions n Not Approved (attach comments) Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 PERM1T OUCV PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: 011 -050 PROJECT NAME: KEY BANK SITE ADDRESS: 275 ANDOVER PK W X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # DATE: 03 -01 -11 Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division t i,r + lic or s sat, F e Prevention Structural Planning Division Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) DUE DATE: 03-03-11, r—r Complete Incomplete Comments: Not Applicable Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: ��O� t tk LETTER OF COMPLETEN SS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping 14 PW ❑ Staff Initials: 4\/ TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route I„ Structural Review Required No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Approved with Conditions Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: DUE DATE: 03-31 -11 Not Approved (attach comments) n Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents /routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 • 1 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: (p1z /11 Plan Check/Permit Number: D11-050 ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ® Response to Correction Letter # 1 ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: Key Bank RECEIVED CITY OP fUKLWItA 1 JUN 0 2 2011 PERMIT CENTER Project Address: 275 Andover Pk W Contact Person: 1-06 ILEN nI Y Phone Number: lo(( -1109 - 719.1 Summary of Revision: D I? AWf rJf 5 H JE B eet) lety l 6 b i C1Z I�(A -1JN l NS& (-fv t eL) P L.1 I - o tom / PCrert t brio ►J L4-T 1. 1 NaYL tiitnlb6LAPI J( (tC J l4 I oafs I M I nl tt(1- 6 xT l 6l2- W Wlt t) tJfr a S16-Wm I4l oN) vow bU I ) Pityzirfer (, h 0UtT1'iE- T Fttalit E 1 PrDDeb (4614 5trE Ft412 IJI41r1liJlrri. Sheet Number(s): N-001 I %}b -I ll I lib -12I I A -113 A -12.% I A .2.01 A-2o13 A-601, A- 602- , S -00 I , "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of r ' ion 5 OZ 16 -1 z-1 , 4inetacautili, t li1.G5. Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: t— Entered in Permits Plus on t‘r)- 11 \applications\forms- applications on line\revision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: 3l°I l I I Response to Incomplete Letter # 1 ❑ Response to Correction Letter # ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Plan Check/Permit Number: D11-050 Project Name: Key Bank Project Address: 275 Andover Pk W Contact Person: .TOE reoNi `( CITYRECEIVED MAR 092011' vetwircENTER Phone Number: W (o — (oZ3 — '1(94. (o Summary of Revision: 51A13M 1 TTAti OF M 11J0YZ CP'T101sJ DES 1.6 1.3 12-4 l e-1,0 ei} G Alf-6 5ltsNJ Qef M / -*_iin1D SE-P of T-E PA-CK -k &,F . nth MC MOST cx-ie c, —e 14 el) 6)1 TN 15 f-f TV1- so c1 W6A-sr h)= PE-- DISLUSStor w/ Moi t✓L4 V &b lnI i rIA, wry P TrL Pt-reb its A 5 E f a Fr T(-- In1k L . M an-6 11-1P0.1 50 To op me WALL Ales be -TU TWO P-01) SeVeN1 T )' 712-1 NS fir f- P T P& Al2-W t rE:cr wt-U D€mtl4 rJ(r f f-OV 1 DL- /M-t pm 0,,16, Sheet Numtier &, M AT612-11I% I Loves 1 Po• D TEXT 4 "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: Itfl"- Entered in Permits Plus on \applications \forms- applications on Iine\revision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: Contractors or Tradespeople Peer Friendly Page General /Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with L &I to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. Business and Licensing Information Name IN STORE SERVICES INC UBI No. 600451209 Phone 2066823934 Status Active Address 625 5 Lander License No. INST051169JZ Suite /Apt. License Type Construction Contractor City Seattle Effective Date 4/9/1984 State WA Expiration Date 4/1/2012 Zip 98134 Suspend Date County King Specialty 1 General Business Type Corporation Specialty 2 Unused Parent Company Other Associated Licenses License Name Type Specialty 1 Specialty 2 Effective Date Expiration Date Status CONTRFI112MCCONTRACT FIXTURES INC Construction Contractor General Unused 7/3/1989 5/23/1992 Archived Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date GREEN, DAN C Member 01/01/1980 Bond Amount ALLEN, SHARRON 11 01/01/1980 03/29/2010 Bond Information Page 1 of 2 Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date 11 AM STATES INS 6698545 04/01/2010 Until Cancelled $12,000.00 03/29/2010 10 HARTFORD FIRE INS 52BSBBQ0682 04/01/2002 Until Cancelled 06/24/2010 $12,000.00 03/29 /2002 Assignment of Savings Information No records found for the previous 6 year period Insurance Information Insurance Company Name Policy Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Amount Received Date 23 ASSOCIATED INDEMNITY CORPORATI MZX80917596 04/01/2010 04/01 /2012 $1,000,000.00 03/29/2011 22 AMERICAN FIRE Et CASUALTY COMPA BKA53618432 04/01/2008 04/01/2010 $1,000,000.0003 /20/2009 21 AMERICAN FIRE &CAS CO BKA53618432 04/01/2007 04/01/2008 $1,000,000.0003 /30/2007 20 AMERICAN ECONOMY INS CO 02CD1294865 04/01/2006 04/01/2007 $1,000,000.00 03/29/2006 19 AMERICAN STATES INS CO 02CD1294864 04/01/2005 04/01/2006 $1,000,000.00 03/28/2005 Summons /Complaint Information Cause County Complaint Judgment Status Payment Paid By 07 -2- 01107 -7 CHELAN Date: 12/04/2007 https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/bbip/Print.aspx Date: Open Date: 06/17/2011 (FI XX -X ) (FI XX -X ) 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 KeyBank S ITE: 10 -2078 ANDOVER PARK 275 ANDOVER PARK WEST S EATTLE, WA 98188 PLANNING APPROVED . No changes .can be made to these plans without approval from the Planning Division of DCD Approved By:, 101 1 A Date: REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 13 2011 City o T kwila BUILDIN !VISION GE\ ERAS NOTES SYMBOLS ABBREVIATIONS PROJECT 1 FORvATIO CODE INFOR v ATI O N BUILDING SECTION INDICATOR SECTION SHEET NUMBER SECTION SHEET NUMBER WALL SECTION INDICATOR 1 �-- DETAIL SHEET NUMBER SECTION DETAIL INDICATORS DETAIL SHEET NUMBER SECTION DETAIL INDICATORS ELEVATION SHEET NUMBER EXTERIOR ELEVATION INDICATOR �-- ELEVATION SHEET NUMBER INTERIOR ELEVATION INDICATOR MATCH LINE SEE A -XXX MATCHLINE INDICATOR EXISTING COLUMN GRIDS NEW COLUMN GRIDS FLOOR: BASE: WALL: (F! X -X ) ROOM FINISH INDICATOR ROOM XXXX ROOM NAME AND NUMBER IXXIXXIXXI PARTITION -TYPE INDICATOR )(Cop DOOR INDICATOR KEYNOTE INDICATOR DATUM INDICATOR CFI XX -X ) FINISH INDICATOR <XI XXX FURNITURE FIXTURE EQUIPMENT/SIGNAGE INDICATOR AC ACC ACP ACST AD ADDM ADJ AFF AHD AHU ALT ALUM ANOD APPROX APT ARCH ATM AUTO AV AWP BB BD BLDG BLKG BO BOT BR BRG BRZ B/S BSMT BUR CAB CB CEM CER CG CH CI CJ CIP CL CLG CLO CLR CMU CO COL COMM CONC CONN CONSTR CONT CORR CPT CSWK CT CTR CU D DBL DEMO DET DF DIA DIAG DIM DIV DMPF DN DR DS DW DWG DWR E EIFS EJ EL ELEC ELEV ENCL EP EQ EQUIP ESCAL EXH EXP EXIST FA FCIC ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ACCESSIBLE ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL ACOUSTICAL AREA DRAIN ADDENDUM ADJUSTABLE ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFTER HOURS DEPOSIT AIR HANDLING UNIT ALTERNATE ALUMINUM ANODIZED APPROXIMATE APARTMENT ARCHITECT, ARCHITECTURAL AUTOMATIC TELLER MACHINE AUTOMATIC AUDIO VISUAL ACOUSTICAL WALL PANEL(S) BULLETIN BOARD BOARD BUILDING BLOCKING BOTTOM OF BOTTOM BULLET RESISTANT BEARING, BULLET RESISTANT GLASS BRONZE BUILDING STANDARD BASEMENT BUILT UP ROOFING CABINET CATCH BASIN CEMENT, CEMENTITIOUS CERAMIC CORNER GUARD COAT HOOK CAST IRON CONTROL JOINT CAST -IN -PLACE CENTERLINE CEILING CLOSET CLEAR CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CLEAN OUT, CASED OPENING COLUMN COMMUNICATION CONCRETE CONNECTION, CONNECT CONSTRUCTION CONTINUOUS, CONTINUE CORRIDOR CARPET CASEWORK CERAMIC TILE CENTER CUBIC DEEP, DEPTH DOUBLE DEMOLISH, DEMOLITION DETAIL DRINKING FOUNTAIN DIAMETER DIAGONAL, DIAGRAM DIMENSION DIVIDE, DIVISION DAMPPROOF, DAMPPROOFING DOWN DOOR, DRESSING ROOM DOWNSPOUT DISHWASHER DRAWING DRAWER EAST EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM EXPANSION JOINT ELEVATION ELECTRIC, ELECTRICAL ELEVATOR ENCLOSE, ENCLOSURE ELECTRIC PANEL EQUAL EQUIPMENT ESCALATOR EXHAUST EXPANSION, EXPOSED EXISTING FIRE ALARM FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR/ INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR FCIO FD FDC FDTN FE FEC FH FHC FIG FIN FIXT FLEX FLR FLUOR FO FOIC F010 FP FR FRMG FRT FT FTG FUT FVC FWC FWP GA GALV GB GC GEN GFRC GFRG GFRP GL GYP GYP BD H HB HCWD HD HDBD HDW HDWD HM HO HORIZ HR HT HVAC D NCL NFO NSUL NT WD JAN JC JT KIT L LAM LAU LAV LT LTG M MAS MATL MAX MECH MED MEMB MEZZ MGT MFR MH MIN MISC MO MS MTD MTL MVBL MW N NIC NO NOM NTS FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR/ INSTALLED BY OWNER FLOOR DRAIN FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION FOUNDATION FIRE EXTINGUISHER FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET FIRE HYDRANT FIRE HOSE CABINET FIGURE FINISH, FINISHED FIXTURE FLEXIBLE FLOOR, FLOORING FLUORESCENT FACE OF, FINISHED OPENING FURNISHED BY OWNER/ INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR FURNISHED BY OWNER/ INSTALLED BY OWNER FIRE PROTECTION, FIREPROOF FRAME, FIRE RATED FRAMING FIRE RETARDANT TREATED FOOT, FEET FOOTING FUTURE FIRE HOSE VALVE CABINET FABRIC WALL COVERING FABRIC WRAPPED PANEL(S) GAGE GALVANIZED GRAB BAR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL, GENERATOR GLASS -FIBER REINFORCED CONCRETE GLASS -FIBER REINFORCED GYPSUM GLASS -FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC GLASS GYPSUM GYPSUM BOARD HIGH HOSE BIBB HOLLOW CORE WOOD HAND DRYER HARDBOARD HARDWARE HARDWOOD HOLLOW METAL HOLD OPEN HORIZONTAL HOUR HEIGHT HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING NSIDE DIAMETER NCLUDE, INCLUDING NFORMATION NSULATE, INSULATION NTERIOR NDIRECT WASTE DRAIN JANITOR JANITOR CLOSET JOINT KITCHEN LONG, LEFT HAND LAMINATE, LAMINATED LAUNDRY LAVATORY LIGHT LIGHTING MIRROR MASONRY MATERIAL MAXIMUM MECHANICAL MEDIUM MEMBRANE MEZZANINE MANAGEMENT MANUFACTURE, MANUFACTURE MANHOLE MINIMUM, MINUTE MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY OPENING MOP SINK MOUNTED METAL MOVABLE MICROWAVE NORTH NOT IN CONTACT NUMBER NOMINAL NOT TO SCALE OC ON CENTER OH OVERHEAD OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER OPNG OPENING OPP OPPOSITE ORD OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN OTS OPEN TO STRUCTURE ABOVE PBD PCG PD PERP PLAM PLAS PLYWD PNL PL PR PRCST PRKG PROP PT PTD PTN R RCP RD REF REINF REQD REV RFG RM RO RT S SCD SCHED SCWD SD SECT SF SGL SHT SHTHG SIM SM SPEC SPKLR SPKR SQ SS SST STC STD STL STOR STRUCT SUSP T' T &G TEL TEMP TER THK TMPD TO TOS TPD TSTAT TV TYP U UGND UNFIN UON PARTICLEBOARD PLASTIC CORNER GUARD PLANTER DRAIN PERPENDICULAR PLASTIC LAMINATE PLASTER PLYWOOD PANEL PROPERTY LINE PAIR, PACKAGE RECEIVER PRECAST PARKING PROPERTY PAINT, POINT, PRESSURE TRATED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER PARTITION RADIUS, RISER REFLECTED CEILING PLAN ROOF DRAIN, ROAD REFER TO, REFERENCE, REFRIGERATOR REINFORCED, REINFORCING REQUIRED REVISED, REVISION ROOFING ROOM ROUGH OPENING RIGHT SOUTH SEAT COVER DISPENSER SCHEDULE SOLID CORE WOOD STORM DRAIN SECTION SQUARE FOOT SINGLE SHEET SHEATHING SIMILAR - SMALL SPECIFICATION SPRINKLER SPEAKER SQUARE SERVICE SINK STAINLESS STEEL SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS STANDARD STEEL STORAGE STRUCTURAL SUSPENDED TREAD TONGUE AND GROOVE TELEPHONE TEMPERATURE, TEMPORARY TERRAllO THICK, THICKNESS TEMPERED TOP OF TEAM OFFICE SPACE TOILET PAPER DISPENSER THERMOSTAT TELEVISION TYPICAL URINAL UNDERGROUND UNFINISHED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED VB VAPOR BARRIER VAT VACUUM AUTOMATED TELLER VERT VERTICAL VEST VESTIBULE VIF VERIFY IN FIELD VNR VENEER VR VAPOR RETARDER VWC VINYL WALLCOVERING W/ W/0 WC WD WH WLD WP WR WT WWF WEST, WIDE WITH WITHOUT WATER CLOSET, WALLCOVERING WOOD WALL HYDRANT WELDED WEATHERPROOF, WATERPROOF, WATERPROOFING, WORK POINT WATER RESISTANT, WASTE RECEPTACLE WEIGHT WELDED WIRE FABRIC XFMR TRANSFORMER 275 ANDOVER PARK SEATTLE, WA 98188 GROSS AREA: 4,338 SF AREA OF ALTERATION: 3,676 SF OCCUPANCY: B CONSTRUCTION TYPE: V-A SPRINKLERED: NO FIRE ALARM: YES SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY: D SEPARATE P'4..1 z: REQUIRED Fr: `I Mechanical Electrical Plumbing Gas Piping City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION EXIT DATA OCCUPIED TENANT AREA: 4,338 SQ. FT. DIVIDED BY OCCUPANT LOAD FACTOR (PER IBC 2009 TABLE 1004.1.1): 100 SQ. FT. YIELDS 44 OCCUPANTS REQUIRES 2 EXITS WHEN OCCUPANT LOAD EXCEEDS 49 AND WHEN COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL EXCEEDS 75' -0" (PER IBC 2009 SEC. 1015.1) 2 EXITS REQUIRED, 2 EXITS PROVIDED AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION: CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING CODE: ACCESSIBILITY CODE: ENERGY CODE: MECHANICAL CODE: PLUMBING CODE: ELECTRICAL CODE: FIRE CODE: INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 2009 WA STATE ENERGY CODE 2006 INTERNATIONAL MECHNICAL CODE 2009 INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE 2009 NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE 2008 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE 2009 REVISIONS No changes shaft he made to the scope of work without prior approval of Tukwila Building Division. NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan r.tai;rr 1it?. ^I and may include additional plan rev:: --w fne. PROJECT DIRECTORY SCOPE OF W3R TENANT IMPROVEMENT OF AN EXISTING BRANCH BANK. WORK INCLUDES, EXTERIOR FACADE UPGRADES, NON- STRUCTURAL PARTITIONS, CEILINGS SOFFITS, FINISHES, FURNITURE, RELATED HVAC, AND ELECTRICAL WORK. W U \DER SEPARATE PER VIT FIRE ALARM EXTERIOR SIGNAGE EXTERIOR AWNINGS CLIENT: (OWNER) KEYBANK 127 PUBLIC SQUARE CLEVELAND, OH 44114 PHONE: 216- 689 -0684 FAX: N/A CONTACT: ANDREW MELOTT EMAIL: ondrew.melott @keybank.com PROPERTY OWNER: (LANDLORD) KEYBANK CORP. REAL EST. SERVICES 3300 E. 1ST AVE. DENVER, CO 80206 PHONE: 425 - 709 -4559 FAX: 425- 709 -4425 CONTACT: MICHAEL HACKEL EMAIL: michael_hackel ®keybank.com OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER: TURNER 830 4TH AVE S, SUITE 400 SEATTLE, WA 98134 PHONE: 206- 505 -6035 FAX: 206- 505 -6701 CONTACT: RYAN KLINE EMAIL: rkline @tcco.com ARCHITECT: CALLISON, LLC 1420 5TH AVE, SUITE 2400 SEATTLE, WA 98101 -2343 PHONE: 206- 623 -4646 FAX: 206 - 623 -4625 CONTACT: JOE KENNY EMAIL: joe.kenny @collison.com MECH / PLUM/ ELEC: HARGIS 600 STEWART ST. SUITE 1000 SEATTLE, WA 98101 PHONE: 206- 448 -3376 FAX: 206- 448 -4450 CONTACT: MARVIN HOGAN EMAIL: marvinh ®horgis.biz STRUCTURAL: ARMOUR UNSDERFER ENGINEERING, LLC 13456 SE 27TH PLACE, SUITE 200 BELLEVUE, WA 98005 PHONE: 425- 614 -0949 FAX: 425- 614 -0950 CONTACT: ALEX HABLISTON EMAIL: olexh au- eng.com GENERAL CONTRACTOR: TBD 1. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. 2. VERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF EACH PORTION OF THE WORK. 3. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE COMPLEMENTARY, AND WHAT IS REQUIRED BY ONE SHALL BE AS BINDING AS IF REQUIRED BY ALL. COORDINATE ALL PORTIONS OF THE WORK AS DESCRIBED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION OF ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 4. ALL WORK TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES, REGULATIONS, ORDINANCES, AND STANDARDS; INCLUDING ACCESSIBILITY CODES. 5. PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY CONSTRUCTION, VERIFY EXISTENCE AND LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING ABOVE AND BELOW GRADE UTILITIES. INCLUDING SANITARY SEWER, STORM SEWER, WATER, GAS, ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE, ETC. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 6. COORDINATE PHASING WITH PROJECT MANAGEMENT COMPANY. MAINTAIN EXIT SIGNS, SPRINKLER SYSTEMS, AND FIRE ALARMS PER APPLICABLE CODES. 7. BANK WILL REMAIN OPERABLE DURING CONSTRUCTION. SITE TO BE CLEANED DAILY PRIOR TO DESIGNATED BANK HOURS OF OPERATION. SITE TO BE KEPT CLEAN AND FREE OF DEBRIS DURING BANK HOURS OR OPERATION. 8. COORDINATE ACTIVITIES WHICH PRODUCE EXCESSIVE ODOR AND /OR NOISE TO BE INITIATED AND COMPLETED PRIOR TO DESIGNATED BANK HOURS OF OPERATION. 9. ALL MEANS OF EGRESS AND FIRE PROTECTION SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMES AND ANY SHUT DOWN OF LIFE SAFETY OR BUILDING SYSTEMS SHALL BE APPROVED AND COORDINATED IN ADVANCE WITH THE OWNER AND JURISDICTIONS HAVING AUTHORITY. 10. PROTECT ALL EXISTING MATERIALS TO REMAIN. REPAIR AND PATCH THESE EXISTING MATERIALS DURING CONSTRUCTION WHERE NEEDED. MATCH NEW MATERIALS INSTALLED SO THAT ALL DEMOLITION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION IS COMPATIBLE AND INDISTINGUISHABLE. REQUIRED PROTECTION INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: STOREFRONT BULKHEAD DRYWALL ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AND SWITCHES EXTERIOR DOORS AND FRAMES MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS FIRE PROTECTION FIRE RATED PARTITIONS 11. DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE STRUCTURAL GRID OR TO FINISH SURFACES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 12. DOORS AND CASED OPENINGS INDICATED NEARBY WALL INTERSECTIONS, SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT THE EDGE OF THE FINISH OPENING IS SIX INCHES FROM THE FACE OF THE NEARBY WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ALL OTHER DOORS AND CASED OPENINGS SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN ADJACENT WALL INTERSECTIONS. 13. INFILL OPENINGS IN EXTERIOR WALLS AND STOREFRONT WITH MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT MATERIALS ON EXTEROR AND INTERIOR TO MAINTAIN WEATHER TIGHT CONDITION. PROVIDE INSULATION, FIRE RATING, AND MOISTURE BARRIER CONSISTENT WITH EXISTING ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. PROPERLY CAULK AND SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS. 14. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER'S VENDORS REGARDING SCHEDULING AND. SEQUENCING OF THE WORK. 15. COORDINATE THE OWNER'S VENDORS ON SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION. 16. VERIFY AND COORDINATE ALL APPLICABLE DIMENSIONS OF FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED AND /OR INSTALLED BY OWNER'S VENDORS. 17. PROVIDE ADEQUATELY SIZED DUMPSTERS DURING "OWNER" RETAIL MOVE-IN. 18. UPON COMPLETION OF PROJECT, OBTAIN ALL FINAL INSPECTIONS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL JURISDICTIONS AND FURNISH OWNER AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT COMPANY WITH EVIDENCE OF ALL SUCH INSPECTIONS AND CERTIFICATES OF OCCUPANCY. 19. THROUGHOUT THIS SET OF DRAWINGS, THE TERM "OWNER" REFERS TO THE CLIENT/ TENANT, AND THE TERM "LANDLORD" REFERS TO THE PROPERTY OWNER. 20. THE EXISTING CONDITIONS INDICATED ARE BASED ON DRAWINGS DATED (10/14/10) PREPL1r ilF l l®y1RNISHED TO CALLISON BY KEYBANK. Penult No. P�I- Plan review approval Is subject to errors and o1TIi8Slons. Approval of construction documents does not authorize the violation of any adopted code or ordhInce. Receipt of approved r Id Copy and I isaclmowledged: By Date —07 -1) City Of ltdcwila BUILDING DIVISION PROJECT LOCATION SITE VAP DRAWING D11 -050 DEX RECEIVED MAR 012011 PERMIT CENTER STRANDER BLVD ANDOVER PARK WEST PROJECT SITE GENERAL A -000 COVER SHEET A -001 SITE PLAN DEMOLITION AD -111 AD -121 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN DEMN OLITION REFLECTED CEILING AD -201 DE MOLITION EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS ARCHITECTURAL A -111 A -113 A -121 A -131 A -201 A -202 A -501 A -502 A -601 A -602 A -801 A -803 A -804 A -901 A -902 FLOOR PLAN /FINISH PLAN FURNITURE & SIGNAGE PLAN REFLECTED CEILING PLAN ROOF PLAN EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS EXTERIOR DETAILS EXTERIOR DETAILS SCHEDULES & DETAILS SCHEDULES & DETAILS INTERIOR DETAILS INTERIOR DETAILS INTERIOR DETAILS ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS A -903 A -904 A -905 A -906 STRUCTURAL S -001 S -002 ELECTRICAL E -001 E -101 E -102 E -111 E -121 E -301 E -302 ELECTRICAL M -001 M -002 M -101 M -111 M -301 M -302 ARCHITECTURAL ARCHITECTURAL ARCHITECTURAL ARCHITECTURAL GENERAL NOTES DETAILS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS AND ROOF PLAN LEGEND, NOTES FLOOR PLAN - POWER DEMO CEILING PLAN- LIGHTING DEMO FLOOR PLAN - POWER CEILING PLAN - LIGHTING ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS LEGEND, NOTES SCHEDULES, DETAILS, NOTES CEILING PLAN - HVAC DEMO FLOOR PLAN - HVAC. MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS LC) N O cgt 0 N 1 E 0 Z O c V) 2 J W J • `). v .. W 1 ANDOVER PARK 1 CD 0 LO CV a) ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 U: \Projects \KeyBank \W ashi ngton\AndoverPark \Caddkb2078 \S heets \kb2078_a- 000.dwg 2/28/11 9:40 AM COPYRIGHT © 2011 CALLISON Cover Sheet A -000 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 F 10 SHEET NOTES 1) ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OF TRAVEL SLOPES NOT TO EXCEED RUNNING SLOPE OF 1:20 (5.0 %), MAX CROSS SLOPE OF 1:50 (2.O %) MAX. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 2) ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES AND AISLES TO BE LEVEL WITH SURFACE SLOPES NOT TO EXCEED 1:50 (2.0 %) IN ALL DIRECTIONS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 3) PAINT BUILDING (FIEF -2 ) 4) ALL EXTERIOR SIGNAGE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT, COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR D PROVIDE ADDITIONAL LANDSCAPING TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT LANDSCAPING AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN 90 PERCENT COVERAGE, TYP REMOVE '24 HOUR BANKING' SIGN AND REPLACE WITH STANDARD ATM SIGN EXISTING ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE EXISTING ACCESSIBLE AISLE INSTALL NEW ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE — VERIFY WITH JURISDICTION - COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT REPLACE EXISTING SURROUND WITH NEW RED HALO SURROUND (PREFERRED LOCATION OF HALO SURROUND IF JURISDICTION OJJ ALLOWS ONE) W 0 L�J O REPLACE CANOPY CLEARANCE SIGNS INSTALL VAT SIGN • REPLACE EXISTING SIGNAGE — COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT C REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 132011 INSTALL RED BOLLARD COVERS AT EXISTING BOLLARDS, TYP (4) LOCATIONS BUILDING Tukwila DIVISION PAINT CANOPY CEILING (F 1 EF -2 ) co CO CO 0) REPLACE EXISTING SURROUND WITH NEW RED HALO SURROUND, COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR RECEIVED JUN 0 2 2011 PERMIT CENTER ANDOVER SHEET SYVBOLS (FIEF -1 ) NEW SITE CONSTRUCTION EXISTING SITE WORK TO. REMAIN FINISH INDICATOR ISSUED / REVISED PERMIT SET BID SET PERMIT REV #1 DATE 02/25/11 03/28/11 04/18/11 REMOVE AND RELOCATE EXISTING SHRUBS, COORDINATE WITH NEW WORK REPLACE EXISTING SIGNAGE — COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT SEE SHEET A -601 FOR FINISH LEGEND TRUE NORTH STRANDER BLVD. CORRECTION LtR #_ ■ SCALE: 3/32 " =1' -0" Site Plan 6 12 24 A -001 U:\ Projects \KeyBank\ Washington\ AndoverPark\ Caddkb20781Sheets \kb2078_a -001.dwg 4/15/11 3:12 PM COPYRIGHT ® 2011 CALLISON L J 4 0 O iu REMOVE EXISTING ATM SURROUND, PREPARE FOR NEW WORK REMOVE BLINDS REMOVE KEYBANK STRIPE AND LOGO VINYLS AT WINDOWS, TYP REMOVE EXISTING TRASH RECEPTACLE REMOVE EXISTING ATM SURROUND, PREPARE FOR NEW WORK REMOVE EXISTING PLANTER REMOVE EXISTING BENCH REMOVE EXISTING ASH 7 INDICATES LINE OF OVERHANG ABOVE, TYP ROOM the / REMOVE BASEBOARD HEATER, PATCH TO MATCH ADJACENT CONDITIONS REMOVE EXISTING DOOR VINYLS /A y \h y \h �hy�'��h REMOVE BLINDS 0 0 VESTIBULE c<>. ).<\ 0 x\z 0 ,i)ce Q.)<NeK5S'),,)<,c93,)<Ky )<\, <5, ,)< /5,"X? ,�. , 0'hx, ;'�hx, ?h'�,c%S'x'cVyn'X>f)� X )<,c?' '(\ x \ h� -;��` y\ \�`'C` x U \h � \h�� h �` \�` >h� `yh� �' \h"i \ y \h O' y \h C \)c y \ y \/\ b y \h � <5. h y\ h\ '</N \/ ) �hx >X 0 hx'ihx y )c �hx /5- )<\ /5' )< •c> `hX'0' )‹` \ yv �SZ ITS / y` \h y \):<> y�x'S' X` ��')C \h /\, \h �` •\'�>,, ?,\ i \h /x)C\ \h ��Z REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR <`�1t/ \ n y \h y x \/ \h•�>� \'',\>>/\ c h \- \ x ' \ h 4 �i TILE, PREPARE FOR NEW �X \/ X 0 v X A. X\ \h y\ i' X )(\.<>//k 1 FINISH �` ,���" /��'�` U `�5yx` v h/y�'x \h�%'yh � X Ae ) )(\ /V \h \Y /\ / \xphy \h \h �� /''<�`\h'�hy< / \ / \?% A/if \i/\), x)<,c555)< <3, 7 )<\i 0 )<‘<)7\?CA ,'0')<,g/ / )(*)•./..\.„1:\ "Ns. V....„„X)<A \s/y/>:\., _X.)<K>N\ 'C.; \K„.\ -%);\:><\14s Al,,,,, , yA, ,,.)‹ Y.se.,)<A:\<„,,,7/>,./ / / \> \n/ /X \h,�\�h'<� h'< )<\ /V �h 'Sy s' / / \ max; �h'� �'h'� \ �h'‹ti','y \ � �•` ,\ >, K - 2, ,c \h.0 xy�' y�• \/ *S / \ / \n \� e tip\ /�I `�� REMOVE EXISTING \ �< u A \ h �• STANCHIONS AND ROPES / t \- REMOVE BLINDS REMOVE CARPET AND TILE REMOVE BASEBOARD HEATER, PATCH TO MATCH ADJACENT CONDITIONS REMOVE BULLETIN BOARD REMOVE EXISTING FURNITURE AS INDICATED, TYP CONFERENCE ROOM 105 REMOVE GLASS PARTITION CUBICLE TASK AND GUEST CHAIRS TO REMAIN, TYP L - - - -J- REMOVE DESK L_ LOBBY TELLER LINE 102 JANITOR CLOSET REMOVE BLINDS REMOVE MILLWORK REMOVE EXISTING CARPET AND BASE REMOVE TELLER STOOLS, TYP OF (2) REMOVE EXISTING CARPET AND BASE 1 1 IIIII L = Jam'"' L_J 7 WOMEN'S. RESTROOM E'ER REMOVE DOOR AND SALVAGE FOR REUSE, SEE A -111 / FOR NEW LOCATION L _ J r L__ REMOVE BLINDS BREAK ROOM REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING WALL, REROUTE EXISTING PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL AS REQUIRED, COORDINATE WITH NEW WORK REMOVE CASH SAFE VAULT REMOVE EXISTING CARPET AND BASE DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN REMOVE EXISTING STOREFRONT AND BLINDS REMOVE CARPET FROM VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL SURFACES. REPLACE WITH LAMINATE PER A -111 PRIOR TO COMMENCING WITH DEMOLITION A "pre -demo inspection" is required. Contractors shall provide documentation that an "asbestos survey" has been completed. If needed, abatement procedures per "Puget Sound Clean Air Agency" shall be completed and documentation of compliance shall be provided at time of final inspection. REMOVE WORKSTATIONS, TYP 'REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 13 2011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION oso RECEIVED JUN 02 2011 PERMIT CENTER SHEET NOTES ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. DO NOT DEMOLISH ANY LOAD BEARING WALLS OR CONSTRUCTION THAT WILL COMPROMISE THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE STRUCTURE. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY STRUCTURAL ISSUES ARISING FROM DEMOLITION. PROTECT EXISTING MATERIALS, FINISHES, AND DEVICES TO REMAIN DURING DEMOLITION. PATH AND REPAIR EXISTING MATERIALS, FINISHES, AND DEVICES THAT ARE TO MATCH NEW MATERIALS, FINISHES, AND DEVICES - PROVIDE AN INDISTINGUISHABLE LIKE NEW FINISH AND MAINTAIN COMPATIBILITY. WHERE PARTITION DEMOLITION OCCURS, PATCH AND REPAIR ADJACENT CEILINGS AND FLOORING CONDITIONS TO REMAIN FOR A UNIFORM APPEARANCE. REMOVE GLUE AND /OR SETTING MATERIALS FROM EXISTING FLOOR SURFACE IN ALIGNMENT WITH EXISTING ADJACENT FLOORING SUBSURFACE FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW FLOOR FINISHES UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED IN DETAIL 11/A -602. RELOCATE EXISTING FURNITURE, FIXTURES, BANK EQUIPMENT, AND CASEWORK AS INDICATED, COORDINATE WITH NEW WORK AND OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CLEANING OF TENANT SPACE DURING AND FOLLOWING DEMOLITION. MAINTAIN ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL AND RELOCATED ACCOMODATIONS DURING CONSTRUCTION. ) REMOVE THROUGHOUT U.O.N.: • ITIF FRAMES /RACKS • MERCHANDISING FRAMES /RACKS • ARTWORK • KEY LOGO'S • MARKETING BANNERS • INLIGHTEN SYSTEM • C L LO • PC 10) PATCH AND REPAIR ALL EXISTING FINISHES TO AN INDISTINGUISHABLE LIKE NEW FINISH AND MAINTAIN COMPATABILITY WHERE EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, AND SURFACE MOUNTED ITEMS ARE REMOVED 0 N 1 1 0 E 0 zo O c -N a co 40 U SHEET SYv1BOLS (E FEC EXISTING FEC TO BE RELOCATED EXISTING FEC TO REMAIN EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED /SALVAGED EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO BE REMOVED ANDOVER PARK a) 275 Andover Park CO co CO rn ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 0 2/25/1 1 BID SET 0 3/2 8/1 1 PERMIT REV #2 ^ 05/16/11 SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -O" 0 2 4 PLAN NORTH 8 U:\ Projects\ KeyBank \Washington\AndoverPark \Cadd kb2078 \Sheets \kb2078_ad- 111.dwg 5/13/11 9:47 AM COPYRIGHT © 2011 CALLISON Demolition Floor Plan AD -111 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 / / / / / i INSTALL NEW BASEBOARD HEATER VESTIBULE INSTALL TILE /CARPET TRANSITION STRIP, TYP , ." JIv (1) 46" VIDEO SCREEN - PROVIDE NEW POWER AND DATA CONNECTIONS. COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR INSTALL SAFETY GLASS AT EACH TELLER STATION TYP, FCIC NFILL WALL TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT WALLS ALIGN / / / // / / INSTALL PLYWOOD BACKBOARD, SEE SHEET NOTE 11 i SIM NEW CASH SAFE FLOOR PLAN /FINISH PLAN REPLACE VERTICAL CARPETED SURFACES WITH (F1 PL -2 ) ,TYP REPLACE HORIZONTAL CARPETED SURFACES WITH(FI PL -1 ),TYP INFILL AT EXISTING WINDOW NEW PILASTER, TYP (2) LOCATIONS 1, — i NEW FACADE EXISTING SOFFIT NEW METAL CANOPY METAL CANOPY SUPPORTS X11 - OsO / RECEIVED MAR 012011 PERMIT CENTER SHEET NOTES ) PROVIDE BLOCKING AND BACKING AS DEFINED IN SPECIFICATION SECTION 092200 IN EXISTING PARTITIONS AND NEW PARTITIONS FOR ALL CASEWORK, SHELVING, COUNTERTOPS, TOILET ACCESSORIES, AND OWNER SUPPLIED TOILET ACCESSORIES, AND OWNER SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE WITH SHOP DRAWINGS. 2) FOR GYPSUM BOARD CEILING AND SOFFIT FINISHES SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. 3) ALL ANGLED WALLS ARE AT 45-, 90. OR 135- U.O.N. 4) WHERE DEMOLITION OCCURS ADJACENT TO EXISTING TO REMAIN, PATCH AND REPAIR ADJACENT CONDITIONS FOR A UNIFORM APPEARANCE. ) 7) WHERE EXISTING INSULATION IS REMOVED OR MISSING - PATCH AND REPLACE INSULATION TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND MAINTAIN REQUIRED R- VALUES. NEW PARTITIONS AND PARTITION INFILL TO BE CONSTRUCTED OF MATERIALS TO MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION; INCLUDING STUD TYPE, STUD SIZE, AND GYP BD TYPE AND THICKNESS (5/8" GYP BD IS ASSUMED) FIELD VERIFY AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. ALL PARTITIONS C U.O.N. 8) VERIFY CONDITION /EXPIRATION OF EXISTING FIRE EXTINGUISHERS. IF REPLACEMNT /NEW IS REQUIRED, PROVIDE 5LB CAPACITY UL LISTED 2A -10BC FIRE EXTINGUISHER PER NFPA 10 REQUIREMENTS, EXACT QUANTITY AND LOCATION TO BE COORDINATED WITH THE FIRE MARSHAL AND OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE ON SITE AND AS DIRECTED BY LOCAL GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PROVIDE LOCATION MARKERS ARE REQUIRED. 9) PROVIDE MINIMAL FURRING AND GYPSUM BOARD FOR EXISTING COLUMNS IF INDICATED. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR COLUMNS WITH ELECTRICAL DEVICES. PROVIDE PLASTIC CORNER GUARDS ON EXPOSED SIDES OF COLUMN FURRING. 10) NEW MILLWORK IS PROVIDE BY ACCEL U.O.N. 11) PROVIDE FIRE - RETARDANT PLYWOOD BACKING ON WALLS AS INDICATED ON ETO CABLING DRAWINGS. NOTE: ALL PLYWOOD BACKBOARDS TO BE B/C GRADE, B SIDE OUT AND COVERED WITH TWO COATS OF FIRE - RETARDANT WHITE PAINT. 12) SEE DETAIL 12/A -602 FOR FLOORING MATERIAL TRANSITIONS. ACCESSIBILITY SCOPE ) INSTALL NEW ACCESSIBLE TRANSACTION LEDGE, FCIC CALLISON CALLISON www.callison.com SHEET SY NBOLS 1 C 1 1 1- WALL /PARTITION TYPE INDICATOR SEE SHEET A -801 FOR PARTITION TYPES EXISTING WALL MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHER (FE HANDLE TO BE AT 48" AFF MAX) DOOR INDICATOR (FI CT -1 ) FINISH INDICATOR SEE A -000 FOR DOOR AND FINISH INFORMATION FLOOR BOXES OR POKE THRUS 2PLEX OUTLET 4PLEX OUTLET / / / / / /// NO WORK IN THIS AREA NEW MILLWORK NEW CONSTRUCTION EXISTING TO REMAIN ANDOVER PARK L ca 0 Co CO CO C) O LO N O N ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 4 8 PLAN NORTH U: \Projects \KeyBa nk \Washi ngton\AndoverPark \Cadd kb2078 \S heets \kb2078_a- 111.dwg 2/27/11 3:42 PM COPYRIGHT © 2011 CALLISON Floor Plan /Finish Plan A -111 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 INTERIOR SIGNAGE & ACCESSORIES .LEGEND NOTE: INTERIOR SIGNAGE AND ACCESSORIES LISTED TO BE PURCHASED THROUGH ACCUSERV. SEE VENDOR MATRIX ON A -602 FOR CONTACT INFORMATION NOTE: ITEMS INDICATED WITH AN ASTERISK ( *) UNDER CATALOG NUMBER ARE CUSTOM ITEMS. GC TO ORDER ITEM WITH PRODUCT DESCRIPTION KEY NUMBER QTY. 3 1 1 MFR. CAD CAD CAD CAD CAD CAD STA CAD JLI JLI JLI BRA CEN CAD DEF CAT. # 09003BK 09005BK * * * #11063314 * * * #2014 BLTBRT 12400 09003BK 09003BK DESCRIPTION MENS ACCESSIBLE RESTROOM SIGNAGE WITH BRAILLE, 6" X 9" WOMENS ACCESSIBLE RESTROOM SIGNAGE WITH BRAILLE, 6" X 9" BLACK ACCESSIBLE "EXIT /FIRE EXIT" SIGN WITH BRAILLE NOT USED BLACK ACCESSIBLE "ELECTRICAL / MECHANICAL" SIGN WITH BRAILLE RED VINYL CHARACTERS "WATER HEATER" 5 TIER LOCKER "SAND FINISH" UNIVERSAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY VINYL DECAL; WHITE SYMBOL ON BLUE BACKGROUND, 2" X 2" 39" POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL POST WITH 7' -6" BLACK BELT 7" X 11" BLACK "PLEASE ENTER HERE" SIGN WITH ADAPTER (DOUBLE - SIDED) 7" X 11" BLACK "PLEASE WAIT HERE FOR NEXT AVAILABLE TELLER" SIGN WITH ADAPTER (SINGLE -SIDE) BINDER HOLDER, YELLOW, 9" X 14" RECYCLED RUBBER TACK BOARD WITH ALUMINUM FRAME 2"X4" BLK ON WHT VINYL DECAL "BRANCH CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS DO NOT REMOVE PLANS FROM PROPERTY" 8.5" X 11" CLEAR DOCUMENT FRAME NOTES NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED LABEL ON DRAWING TUBE MOUNTED ON BACK OF ETO DOOR INSTALL NEW RED HALO SURROUND AT EXISTING ATM _ INSTALL NEW_ REDJIALO — SURROUND AT EXISTING ATM INSTALL NEW DOOR VINYLS PROVIDE NEW PLANTER, LINER, AND "AZALIA EVEREST" PLANT. TYP (2) LOCATIONS. SEE PLAN NOTE 5 NEW CONFERENCE TABLE AND(6) BEO CHAIRS FLOOR CREDENZA WITH NEW POWER /DATA CONNECTIONS EXISTING CUBICLE AND GUEST CHAIRS, TYP INSTALL NEW STANCHIONS AND BELTS / / FILE CABINET, TYP AT EACH CUBICLE NEW SYSTEMS FURNITURE, COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION: WITH OWNER'S VENDOR DRAWINGS, TYP i •i i i .../ ,-- i i FURNITURE & SIGNAGE PLAN \� / / — —I I I I I I I I I I I I / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 13 2011 City of BUILDING Tukwila DIVISION bt\ 050 RECEIVED JUN 02 2011 PERMIT CENTER SHEET NOTES 1) FOR EXIT AND EXIT ROUTE SIGNAGE, SEE 6/A -602. 2) GC TO INSTALL ALL OWNER PROVIDED MERCHANDISING SIGNS. REFER TO NEW GROUND VENDOR OVERLAY FOR LOCATIONS. 3) ALL INTERIOR MERCHANDISING GRAPHICS FOIC. REFER TO OWNER'S VENDOR DRAWINGS FOR MERCHANDISING ATIO ND i LAT I L GUI k ES. 4) PROVIDE (1) PLAZA SERIES BENCH WITH HORIZONTAL STRAPS, MODEL NO. PL -3H; SURFACE MOUNT OR APPROVED EQUAL; WALNUT BROWN POWDER COAT; OBTAIN FROM FAIRWEATHER SITE FURNISHINGS AND ACCESSORIES 1 -800- 323 -1796. 5) PROVIDE (2) FLARED TOP PLANTERS, MODEL NO. PTR -12; WALNUT BROWN POWDER COAT; OBTAIN FROM FAIRWEATHER SITE FURNISHINGS AND ACCESSORIES 1 -800- 323 -1796. R&M SCOPE 1) PROVIDE NEW LOCKERS AND CCTV IN BREAK ROOM, SEE 10 /A -804, VERIFY LOCATION WITH PROPERTY MANAGER. is CALLISON E 0 Z O c I/3 2 J c Q L1 v SHEET SYMBOLS C 2PLEX OUTLET 4PLEX OUTLET DATA OUTLET DATA/VOICE OUTLET TELEPHONE OUTLET NEW FURNITURE ANDOVER PARK N N .�L co 0 CO CO CO 03 ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 BID SET 03/28/11 PERMIT REV #2 n 05/16/11 SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 2 4 PLAN NORTH U:\Projects\KeyBank\ Washington\AndoverPark\ Caddkb20781Sheets 1kb2078_a- 113.dwg 6/2/11 8:30 AM COPYRIGHT ® 2011 CALLISON Furniture & Signage Plan A -113 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 NEW WALL SCONCE, TYP (2) LOCATIONS. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 13 2011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION .#4,40•&_ . 4r.rir...#4,,,, $40****Att \ < , / , , , , \\,//<://:/%:::://:/\ . „ / ' \ ,/,\/\,/ 4 0. 4 .4, . , s *# .4 , ., fr. / ie. A 04 4 ,i to. . A 4 v, ... too. - .e 4 ' SO r.4p# . .. • 4 / ,.. _ .. A•A / se Ay • 4„y / s„-41.. • / / -T*4-4P...,,..................A Itstol o44 , ft e•A k o 11 ....pr. REFURBISH EXISTING UNDER SOFFIT LIGHTS, TYP (11) LOCATIONS 050 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN EXISTING CEILING AND LIGHT FIXTURES TO REMAIN NEW GROUND ACCENT LIGHT, TYP (2) LOCATIONS. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS RECEIVED JUN 02 2011 PERMIT CENTER SHEET NOTES ) LIGHTING, ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, HVAC EQUIPMENT, AND SPRINKLERS ARE TO BE MOUNTED AT POINTS IN ACP AS NOTED IN GRAPHIC BELOW UNLESS OTHERWISE DIMENSIONED ON REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. Q. Q. Q. Q/ EQ. Q.� 3) INSTALL ACP CEILING SYSTEMS PER DETAIL 11/A -801. 5) WHERE NEW 2X2 ACP CEILING IS INDICATED, MATCH EXISTING CEILING TILE, GRID & HEIGHT U.O.N. TO CREATE A UNIFORM LIKE NEW APPEARANCE. 9) REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 10) MAINTAIN EXIT SIGN, EMERGENCY LIGHTING, SPRINKLER COVERAGE AND FIRE ALARM OPERATION FOR OCCUPIED SPACES AND CONSTRUCTION ZONES DURING CONSTRUCTION. R&M SCOPE INSTALL NEW CEILING AND LIGHT FIXTURES AT CUSTOMER FACING AREAS. SHEET SYMBOLS NEW ACP CEILING SYSTEM EXISTING ACP CEILING SYSTEM 2X4 FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE 2X2 FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE 1X4 FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE SD SMOKE DETECTOR I--® EXIT LIGHT FIXTURE (F1 P -1 ) SUPPLY GRILLE RETURN GRILLE CEILING PANEL CEILING INDICATOR: SEE A -602 FOR CEILING HEIGHT AFF CEILING PANEL, GRID, AND FINISH COLOR FINISH, GRID ONLY AT EXIST CEILINGS FINISH INDICATOR SEE SHEET A -602 FOR FINISH LEGEND NEW SUSPENDED GYP BD CEILING NEW CONSTRUCTION EXISTING TO REMAIN PLAN NORTH E 0 Z Oc o W .� m a 0 v ISSUED / REVISED PERMIT SET BID SET PERMIT REV #1 PERMIT REV #2 DATE 02/25/1 1 03/28/11 A 04/18/11 0 05/16/11 SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 2 4 8 U:1 Projects \KeyBank\ Washington/ AndoverPark\ Caddkb2078 1Sheets\kb2078_a- 121.dwg 6/2/11 8:19 AM COPYRIGHT ® 2011 CALLISON Reflected Ceiling Plan A -121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 SHEET NOTES ) ALL REGLET CAP FLASHING OUTSIDE AND INSIDE CORNERS SHALL BE SOLDIERED MITERED ONE -PIECE PRE -FAB CORNERS. EXISTING ROOF DRAIN EXISTING OVERFLOW DRAIN REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 13 2011 A -501 NEW FIBERGLASS CORNICE LINE OF EXISTING BUILDING FACE BELOW TYP EXISTING OVERFLOW DRAIN fs EXISTING ROOF DRAIN E 0 Z 0. O0 • o w J U 3 1 NEW BUILT UP ROOFING OVER PLYWOOD. SEE STRUCTURAL EXISTING MECHANICAL SCREEN EXISTING PARAPET BELOW LINE OF NEW BUILDING FACE BELOW TYP FIBERGLASS CORNICE u) Ct 0 Q O a) crs Z a a) (1) METAL CANOPY METAL CANOPY SUPPORTS A -501 TYP 58 ISSUED / REVISED PERMIT SET DATE 02/2 5/1 1 EXISTING OVERFLOW DRAIN n(7) EQUAL SECTIONS AT METAL CANOPY b1O so ROOF PLAN 1' -0" �. RECEIVED MAR 012011 PERMIT CENTER PLAN NORTH SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" Roof Plan 0 2 4 8 A -137 U:1Projects1KeyBank \Washi ngton\AndoverPark \Cadd kb2078 \S heets1kb2078_a- 131.dwg 2/27/11 3:42 PM COPYRIGHT © 2011 CALLISON (FI EF-7) (FI EF -1 ) 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 TRIM, TYP. NEW PLASTER FACADE NEW SIGNAGE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT, COORDINATE WITH. OWNER'S VENDOR CJ CJ 1 A -501 FIBERGLASS CORNICE. TYP EF-2) FIBERGLASS CORNICE, TYP. (FI EF -7) EL= +19' -6" T.O. PARAPET (FI EF-8) A -501 EF -2) EXTERIOR ELEVATION - SOUTHEAST INFILL EXISTING WINDOW TYP NEW METAL CANOPY IN KEYBANK RED. NEW PLASTER ACCENT CORNERS. • E D FOR CODCOMPLIANCE APP APPROVED JUN 13 2011 BUILDING f Tukwila DIVISION EL = +15' -0" T.O. PARAPET EL= +9' -0" B.O. SOFFIT EL= +0' -0" FINISH FLOOR SHEET NOTES EXTERIOR ELEVATION! - NORTHWEST NEW HALO SURROUND AT DRIVE THRU ATM, COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR RED BOLLARD COVERS, TYP. EL= ±15' -0" T.O. PARAPET EL= +9' -0" B.O. SOFFIT EL= +0' -0" FINISH FLOOR D I1— OSO RECEIVED JUN 022011 PERMIT CENTER 1) EXTERIOR SIGNAGE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT, COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR 2) PATCH AND REPAIR ALL EXTERIOR FINISHES TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT FINISH WHERE ALL EXTERIOR SIGNS HAVE BEEN REPLACED 3) BLOCKING AND ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN FOR NEW SIGNS TO BE PROVIDED BY GC. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS WITH PROJECT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND OWNER'S SIGN VENDOR 4) DO NOT DEMOLISH ANY EXISTING LOAD BEARING STUDS THAT COMPROMISE THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE EXISTING WALL ABOVE. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF ANY STRUCTURAL CONCERNS ARISE FROM DEMOLITION 5) SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION ist CALLISON SHEET SYMBOLS ANDOVER PARK a) L co co Ln FINISH INDICATOR SEE SHEET A -602 FOR FINISH LEGEND NEW CONSTRUCTION EXISTING TO REMAIN ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 BID SET 03/28/11 PERMIT REV #1 Q 04/18/11 PERMIT REV #2 Q 05/16/11 SCALE: 3/32" = 0 3 6 12 U: \Projects \KeyBank\ Washington\ AndoverPark\ Caddkb2078 \Sheets\kb2078_a- 201.dwg 6/2/11 8:27 AM COPYRIGHT ® 2011 CALLISON Exterior Elevations A -201 (FI EF -1 ) 1 2 10 FIBERGLASS CORNICE, TYP. (FI EF -7) FI EF -1) NEW SIGNAGE UNDER SEPARATE FBBERGLASS CQRNICE, Tr._ E 0. PARAPET PERMIT, COORDINATE WITH / (FI EF -7 ) OWNER'S VENDOR F EF -2 TRIM, TYP. (FI EF -8) FI EF -2 NEW METAL CANOPY IN KEYBANK RED. EXTERIOR ELEVATION - NORTHEAST NEW HALO SURROUND AT DRIVE THRU ATM, COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR RED BOLLARD COVERS, TYP. L REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 13 2011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION EL= +15' -0" T.O. PARAPET EL= +9'4140_ B.O. SOFFIT EL= +01-0" FINISH FLOOR biioso • RECEIVED JUN 0 2 2011 PERMIT CENTER SHEET NOTES 1) EXTERIOR SIGNAGE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT, COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR 2) PATCH AND REPAIR ALL EXTERIOR FINISHES TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT FINISH WHERE ALL EXTERIOR SIGNS HAVE BEEN REPLACED 3) BLOCKING AND ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN FOR NEW SIGNS TO BE PROVIDED BY GC. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS WITH PROJECT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND OWNER'S SIGN VENDOR 4) DO NOT DEMOLISH ANY EXISTING LOAD BEARING STUDS THAT COMPROMISE THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE EXISTING WALL ABOVE. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF ANY STRUCTURAL CONCERNS ARISE FROM DEMOLITION 5) SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION z 0 en 1 0 0 Z °. p c la 0 -1 co ° SHEET SYMBOLS ANDOVER PARK Andover ti N a) 1 co ISSUED / REVISED DATE FINISH INDICATOR SEE SHEET A -602 FOR FINISH LEGEND NEW CONSTRUCTION EXISTING TO REMAIN PERMIT SET 02/25/11 BID SET 03/28/11 PERMIT REV #1 0 04/18/11 SCALE: 3/32" = 1 -0" 3 6 12 U:\Projects \KeyBank\ Washington \AndoverPark \Caddkb2078 \Sheets \kb2078_a- 202.dwg 4/15/11 3:12 PM COPYRIGHT © 2011 CALLISON Exterior Elevations A-202 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 U: 1Projects\ KeyBank \Washingt6n\AndoverParIACadd kb20781S heets1kb2078_a- 501.dwg 4/15/11 3:12 PM COPYRIGHT © 2011 CALLISON CALLISON CALLISON www.callison.com Q � y � N ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 BID SET 03/28/11 PERMIT REV #1 A 04/18/11 Exterior Details A -501 METAL FLASHING, SLOPE 1/4" PER CONTINUOUS BLOCKING FT MIN CONTINUOUS 2X4 WOOD BLOCKING SLR OPE METAL FLASHING, SLOPE 1/4" PER FT MIN i SLOPE -- / CONTINUOUS 2X4 WOOD BLOCKING CONTINUOUS 2X6 WOOD CORNICE ENDCAP TRIM, SEAL ALL SIDES METAL FLASHING / CEMENT PLASTER - CONTINUOUS 2X6 WOOD BLOCKING d // / I " I E .,' METAL FLASHING • .1 1 •.1 • •1 • I ,, BLOCKING FIBERGLASS CORNICE EXISTING PARAPET . — O END ELEVATION > FIBERGLASS CORNICE Z / 1/2" PLYWOOD OVER METAL STUDS, TYP AIR /WATER BARRIER CONTINUOUS 2X4 WOOD BLOCKING BACKER ROD AND SEALANT METAL LATH CEMENT PLASTER PLYWOOD SHEATHING OVER METAL STUDS, TYP AIR BARRIER CEMENT PLASTER METAL LATH I LINE OF CORNICE S., CONTINUOUS 2X4 WOOD BLOCKING SEALANT ,, 0 }• j. r 1 ..11 0`:.:` /WATER __ i 1 LINE OF METAL FLASHING ®PLAN I 1 1 L J EXISTING CEME PLASTER, METANTLATH, BUILDING PAPER, AND 1 - _ - TO PARAPET V DETAIL AT NEW PARAPET 1/ 2" PLYWOOD DETAIL AT EXISTING PARAPET SEE ELEVATIONS 1 =_‹ 1 I SIGNAGE BY OWNER'S VENDOR, GC TO COORDINATE POWER DETAIL AT ROOF PARAPET \- CEMENT PLASTER BUILT UP ROOFING 1 l I. , _ J 1 -1 /2 " =1' -O" 1 -1 /2 " =1' -0" SCALE: 3/4 " =1' -0" SCALE: ' AND BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS WITH VENDOR DRAWINGS CEMENT PLASTER 2 LAYERS BUILDING PAPER 10 • ® T.O. EXISTING PARAPET SEE ELEVATIONS A -501 • f -' A -501 I 1j �. D FQR ' LIANCE '. f. :: .•.. �.•• J BEAD WITH WEEPS METAL LATH CEMENT PLASTER PLYWOOD SHEATHING FOR ATTACHMENT OF ROOFING AND FLASHING �,� ` ®� 10 [ �.: [• k: �':' 1 ::. t. • k`' REVIE CODE f PREMANUFACTURED METAL CANOPY CAM APPRp UN 1 3 y NG I• �••.:� 1 ::: I :iiiiiiiiiii:ii::iii______-_-- ...: • CEMENT PLASTER METAL LATH 2 LAYERS BUILDING PAPER PLYWOOD :::: BUILDING METAL LATH LAPPED OVER DRIP SCREED CONTINUOUS SHEET 1 A -501 SIM �� `� I 1 — — WALL SYSTEM: ED r 0i1 AP - - CEMENT PLASTER -METAL LATH -2 LAYERS BUILDING PAPER - PLYWOOD SHEATHING -METAL STUDS` . -, \ MN' la ISION —• NEW FRAMING - SEE STRUCTURAL ' NEW METAL CANOPY - jig\ - A -501 -- A �� PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING BUILT -UP r *l�. ROOF AT NEW PARAPET �SS L ® - .. _ _ _ _ _ EXISTING SOFFIT CEILING �, `- -::... �\ �' OO :: = .... -.. , . • I: °:.:..:.' METAL DRIP R ME L D SC EE SCREED ACROSS OPENING DIMENSION POINT - ..._..__ ....................__ �; - = - - VARIES SEE ELEVATIONS ���m • — — 9 EXISTING VENTED DRIP SCREED - METAL LATH LAPPED OVER DRIP SCREED CEMENT PLASTER - METAL DRIP SCREED AT SOFFIT 8 8 _;_ . . . ..• . • ._ ... A -501 2' -0" \ ■ 10 8 ALIGN 1 INSULATED -STUD CEMENT PLASTER - COUNTERFLASHING 0 A -501 / ALUMINUM CANOPY 9 9 1 A -502 14 FULL SCALE 1- 1/2 " =1' -0" 3 " =1' -O" ∎Nor RECEIVED N CEMENT PLASTER METAL LATH SHEET METAL CONTROL JOINT, WIRE TIED TO LATH ::1 • j :;:; :,• • • .I . CEMENT PLASTER METAL LATH EXTRUDED ALUMINUM REVEAL • a . • •1 1 .. .. A -501 TYP - 0 2 PERANTGEARER 2011 1 I_", �" a CO 1 FINISH FLOOR , _ _ _ __.,=I _.,=,_ ,_ - - SEE ELEVATIONS 2 LAYERS BUILDING PAPER PLYWOOD SHEATHING • 1502 j . :' '•i .:j ..,.,... • q \\� t A PLASTER BUILDING 1/2" PLYWOOD EXISTING EXISTING DRIP SCREED PLYWOOD SHEATHING METAL LATH, 2 LAYERS LA BUILDING PAPER PAPER AND METAL LATH FRAMING CEMENT PLASTER VENTED NEW CEMENT PLASTER AT EXISTING DRIP SCREED PLYWOOD SHEATHING 2 LAYERS BUILDING PAPER > •I . ' FOUNDATION BEYOND NEW - SEE STRUCTURAL EXISTING FOUNDATION BEYOND WALL SECTION AT NEW FACADE INSUL -STUD CEMENT PLAS - SHEET METAL CONTROL JOINT INSUL -STUD CEMENT PLAS - EXTRUDED ALUMINUM REVEAL FULL SCALE FULL SCALE 1/2 " =1' -0" 0 " FULL SCALE U: 1Projects\ KeyBank \Washingt6n\AndoverParIACadd kb20781S heets1kb2078_a- 501.dwg 4/15/11 3:12 PM COPYRIGHT © 2011 CALLISON CALLISON CALLISON www.callison.com Q � y � N ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 BID SET 03/28/11 PERMIT REV #1 A 04/18/11 Exterior Details A -501 3 4 7 9 10 U:\ Projects\ KeyBank \Washington\AndoverPark \Cadd kb2078 \Sheets\kb2078_a- 502.dwg 2/27/11 3 :42 PM COPYRIGHT ® 2011 CALLISON CALLISON CALLISON E 0 U 0 co 0 ANDOVER PARK L co 0_ CO CO 0) ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 Exterior Details A -502 J y i . . EXISTING CEMENT PLASTER, METAL LATH, BUILDING PAPER, AND 1/2" PLYWOOD NEW AIR /WATER BARRIER TO LAP EXISTING BUILDING PAPER 1' -0" MINIMUM EXISTING CEMENT PLASTER, METAL LATH, BUILDING PAPER, AND 1/2" PLYWOOD ! .1 ! I ! LAP EXISTING BUILDING PAPER OVER NEW AIR /WATER BARRIER 6" MIN co CEMENT PLASTER `r ; I •1 • I, I Z m O I : y • ON METAL LATH PLYWOOD SHEATHING 1/ 1/2" PLYWOOD ON METAL STUDS AIR /WATER BARRIER CEMENT PLASTER ON METAL LATH r ! • 1 NI• I•: 1. I I• L. I•' AIR /WATER BARRIER /j NEW INFILL TO TO BE MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION ..•I •..I •.• •.I 1 V • 1 LAP NEW AIR /WATER BARRIER OVER EXISTING BUILDING PAPER 6" MIN --- Z r'� ...1 I . • . I . _- = ` ,- ! i — \� r fa EXISTING AIR STOREFRONT /WATER BARRIER TO BACKER ROD AND SEALANT 1/2" CONTINUOUS J BEAD WRAP METAL EXISTING STUD AT MULLION COLUMN DETAIL ` V . NEW CEMENT PLASTER TO EXISTING CEMENT PLASTER HORIZONTAL JOINTS 0 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 13 2011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION • 9 NEW INFILL TO TO BE MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION CEMENT PLASTER i\ ON METAL LATH PLYWOOD SHEATHING AIR /WATER BARRIER LAP METAL LATH OVER J BEAD WITH WEEPS �jDIM PT PER : •.:I `•:.1 :: ' MAR PERMIT 01 2011 CENTER , 1' -0" MIN - EXISTING CEMENT METAL LATH, PAPER, AND LAP NEW AIR BARRIER OVER BUILDING PAPER 14 PLASTER, BUILDING 1/2" PLYWOOD /WATER EXISTING 1' -0" MIN NEW CEMENT EXISTING VERTICAL ,� PLYWOOD SHEATHING AIR /WATER BARRIER CEMENT PLASTER ON METAL LATH PLASTER • CEMENT PLASTER JOINTS TO Y BLDG ELEVS CONCRETE FOUNDATION WALL - SEE STRUCTURAL L EXISTING GRADE • a a. a . . . — d a •• a . a d , • .6 a • ° Li . a ° d ` ° d II.. CEMENT PLASTER 15 AT GRADE 3 " =1' -O" 3"=r-0" U:\ Projects\ KeyBank \Washington\AndoverPark \Cadd kb2078 \Sheets\kb2078_a- 502.dwg 2/27/11 3 :42 PM COPYRIGHT ® 2011 CALLISON CALLISON CALLISON E 0 U 0 co 0 ANDOVER PARK L co 0_ CO CO 0) ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 Exterior Details A -502 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 I I I DOOR SCHEDULE 1/2" PARTITION -TYPE VARIES FRT WOOD BLOCKING '- P /I RIM APPLIED STO• . a_ DOOR NUMBER DESCRIPTION SIZE DOOR DATA FRAME DATA FIRE HARDWARE REMARKS MATERIAL TYPE FINISH MATERIAL FINISH RATING BUTTS LOCKSET CLOSER STOP PUSH /PULL BRRI MISC N IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII4f S 103A TELLER LINE EXIST EXIST EXIST PL -2 EXIST PL -2 EXIST EXIST L1 EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST RELAMINATE EXISTING DOOR I 1 = I MIi' DOOR LEAF 103B ATM CLOSET PR 3'- O "X7' -0" HM A PT -1 HM PT -1 - -- B1 L1 C3 S1 - -- M1 104 ATM ROOM EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST L1,L5,L6 - -- S1 - -- M1,M4,M6 107 COUPON ROOM EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST L2 EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST 108 TELLER WORK ROOM EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST L1 EXIST S3 EXIST M4 DOOR VIEWER FROM TELLER WORK ROOM LOOKING OUT TO HALLWAY 109 1.1 7/8" jr 1 7 ,' B TAIL AT HEAD 109 HALLWAY EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST L1 EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST 1/2" kliiiiipti 41111 ITION -TYPE ' IES FRT ■ ' 1 BLOCKING '- re W, , 1 TRIM APPLIED STOP fflIuhiIlh:"(I1IIIIIi/;;' ml,...m' .iii. 11� DOOR LEAF i 1.1 7 8 111 7/8 ",, O DETAIL AT JAMB WOOD HEAD FRAME & JAMB DETAILS 0 3 " =1' -0" HARDWARE NOTES GCT TO VERIFY FINAL HARDWARE WTIH OWNERS PROJECT MANAGER GE\ERAL \ O T E S 1/2" ® WALL TYPE VARIES 1/2" BUTTS 61 IVES 3CB1 B2 IVES 3CB1 HW 4.5 X 4.5 B3 IVES 3CB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP LOCKSET - CYLINDER BY SCHLAGE L1 FALCON T581 (STOREROOM SET) L2 FALCON T301 SD (PRIVACY SET) L3 FALCON T101SD (PASSAGE SET) L4 ADA MS1850S (DEADBOLT) L5 IVES FB31 P (AUTO FLUSH BOLT) L6 IVES DPS (DUST PROOF STRIKE) L7 FALCON D271 W/ OCCUPANCY INDICATOR (AUXILIARY LOCK) CLOSER C1 LCN 4011/4111 C2 LCN 4111 SHCUSH C3 LCN 4011H/4111H C4 LCN 4110 -18 (MOUNTING PLATE) STOPS S1 GLYNN JOHNSON 90S (OVERHEAD) S2 IVE WS407CCV (WALL) S3 IVE FS17 DOME STOP (FLOOR) 1) HARDWARE TYPES AND FINISHES SHALL MATCH EXISTING BUILDING STANDARD ( SCHLAGE AL NEPTUNE SERIES AND US626 FINISH ASSUMED). 2) ALL LOCKSETS AND LATCH SETS SHALL BE SINGLE ACTION LEVER HANDLES CENTERED AT BUILDING STANDARD HEIGHT (MIN 30 ", MAX 44" AFF) 3) PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION AND FINAL KEYING AS DEFINED IN SPECIFICATION SECTION 087100. PERMANENT CORE /KEYING MANUFACTURE & INSTALLATION TO BE COORDINATED WITH OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER AND TO BE INCLUDED IN BID KEYING ALLOWANCE BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 4) STAMP BC NUMBER ON ALL KEYS. COORDINATE BC NUMBER WITH OWNERS PROJECT MANAGER 5) STAMP "DO NOT DUPLICATE" ON ALL KEYS 6) SALVAGE AND RE -USE EXISTING DOOR, FRAME, & HARDWARE WHEN POSSIBLE 7) REPLACEMENT DOOR HARDWARE TO MATCH EXISTING FUNCTION & FINISH, U.O.N. 8) NOTE USED 9) DOOR CLOSERS TO BE INSTALLED ON NON- PUBLIC SIDE OF DOORS 10) ALL STOREFRONT ENTRANCE DOORS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH PIVOTS BY DOOR MANUFACTURER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 11) MAXIMUM FORCE TO OPEN INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 LBS PER 2009 IBC 1008.1.3. 12) EGRESS DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM EGRESS SIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT PER 2009 IBC 1008.1.9 13) DOOR CLOSERS SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT THE SWEEP PERIOD FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 70 DEGREES TAKES THE DOOR AT LEAST 3 SECONDS TO MOVE TO A POINT 3 INCHES FROM THE LATCH, MEASURED TO THE LANDING EDGE OF THE DOOR. 14) NEW WOOD DOORS TO MATCH EXISTING WOOD SPECIES, GRAIN, & STAINED FINISH (U.O.N.). CONT SEALANT TYP. METAL FRAME N \ Mil CI DETAIL AT HEAD DOOR 1/2" WALL TYPE VARIES DOUBLE METAL STUDS 1/2" ® PUSH/ PULL BARS PP1 VON DUPRIN 33A-NL-OP (PANIC DEVICE) PP4 PLATE 8200 4 X16 630 & PULL PLATE 303 PP2 PULL BAR TO MATCH BUILDING OR SHOPPING CENTER STANDARD. WHERE STANDARD IN NOT APPLICABLE OR AVAILABLE. PROVIDE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING UPON APPROVAL BY ARCHITECT: KAWNEER 'ARCHITECTS CLASSIC' C09 PULL KAWNEER 'ARCHITECTS CLASSIC' CP11 PUSH & C09 PULL PP3 VON DUPRIN 2670 (EXIT ALARM) FINISH: US28 MISC M1 IVES SR64 (SILENCER) M9 NGP 16A (DRIP CAP) M2 IVES SR66 (SILENCER) M10 NGP C627A (DOOR SWEEP) M3 IVES 8400 10 X 2 LDW (KICK PLATE) M11 NGP 613 (THRESHOLD) M4 DESUNG DS2000 (DOOR SCOPE) M5 ROCKWELL 796 (COAT HOOK) M6 FALCON T12D (SINGLE DUMMY TRIM) M7 IVES LG1, VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT IF REQUIRED (LOCK GUARD) M8 NGP 5050 CL (SEALS) CONT SEALANT TYP. METAL FRAME N \ ocODDETEAILCAOT JAMB DOOR — RI METAL FRAM HEAD &JAMB O E DETAILS SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" TEXT VARIES, SEE HEIGHT OF TEXT VARIES, SEE HEIGHT OF PLAN FOR TEXT PLAN FOR TEXT 6" HIGH WHITE INDIVIDUAL LETTERS; LETTERING 5 8 LETTERING" 5/8" AND t0A FpR MPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 1 3 • 2011 City of T BUILDING pkwita IVISIpN REVERSE -CUT VINYL, FOR SECOND B_2 MIN TO 2" MAX11 AND LOCATION LOCATION MIN TO 2 MAX HELVETICA FONT A -601 7/ / % \ III, \`VIEVIIED l , \ SURFACE APPLICATION TO GLASS HELVETICA FONT l/ V _ �-- 106 A -601 Fil,3 1/2" MIN /1 UPPERCASE _ UPPERCASE `` i E . ' CHARACTERS y EXIT WALL PLAQUE (PLASTIC 51GN) CHARACTERS 'I� „ RAISED 1/32" I RAISED 1 /32" 6"( \ CORRESPONDING CORRESPONDING Lo ®j L.\ � omEN GRADE 2 BRAILLE GRADE 2 BRAILLE - SIGN VIEW 0 SIGN VIEW ® 0 0 \ / / \ \ \ \ I o \ \ " \ ,EXIT OR \ EXIT ROUTE SIGN / / / \ - O TYPE A O TYPE B O TYPE C s„ r 1 0 PLAQUES (PLASTIC SIGN) EXTERIOR VIEW EXTERIOR VIEW ®SIM "EXIT" o SIGN `° 2' -2 3/4" - WAL, +UN \ SIGN.' • B \ SCAT . T ` '1. IF `01 LEAR > • II • ING, SEA 2, /A -601 / / _\ r--7-411) I NAM" "" iir CO I THIS DOOR 10 REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS . '�— r \ �� '\I// 1 \ j — —/ PUSH BEHIND BAR GLASS 1111 ' ` PUSH �� BEHIND BAR GLASS 1, RECEIVED — — --� \ A -3 \ \ \ \ / / / '� B -1 IM SIGN REQUIREMENTS: \ SIGN REQUIREMENTS: " 1. READILY VISIBLE AND DURABLE SIGN SHALL BE 1. SIGN PROVIDED BY OWNERS VENDOR, PERMITTED co PLACED ON THE DOOR. UNDER SEPARATE COVER. 2. HEIGHT OF LETTERS 1" WHITE REVERSE -CUT 2. INSTALL 2" ABOVE PANIC DEVICE, U.O.N. BY VINYL LETTERS, TO BE APPLIED TO SECOND OWNER'S VENDOR. \ \/ \ I I 0 O TYPE D O TYPE E O TYPE F MAR 01 2011 INTERIOR VIEW SURFACE OF DOOR GLASS. O ENTRY DOOR SIGNAGE (VINYL SIGN) 3. SIGN PROVIDED BY OWNER'S VENDOR, PERMITTED 3. INCLUDES INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY. PERMIT CENTER D 0 0 R TYPES UNDER SEPARATE COVER. DOOR SIGNAGE EXIT DOOR SIGNAGE ENTRY DOOR SIGNAGE (VINYLS) ® ® \ B EXIT, EXIT ROUTE SIGNAGE O _____/ C RESTROOM DOOR SIGNAGE O SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" b ...... FOR SIGN LOCATIONS SEE SHEET A -113 NOT TO SCALE U : \Projects \KeyBan k \WashingtonlAndoverPark \Cadd kb20781S heets\kb2078_a- 601.dwg 2/27/11 3:43 PM COPYRIGHT © 2011 CALLISON E Z Z n 0 0 c CA 2 J J _ ."1 CE V 3 ANDOVER Andover ti CV CO 03 03 CA ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 0 2/2 5/1 1 Schedules & Details A -601 10 P R O C U R E N E\ T MATRIX GC TO ORDER FROM SUPPLIER GC TO ORDER FROM DEALER KEY /CM TO ORDER GC TO INSTALL SUPPLIER TO INSTALL NOTE: F I\ I S H SCHEDULE - ALL FINISH ITEMS ARE FURNISHED BY GC, INSTALLED BY GC, UON - NOT ALL ITEMS LISTED BELOW ARE USED ON THIS PROJECT - REFER TO PLANS & DETAILS FOR LOCATION OF ITEMS USED ON THIS PROJECT - ALL PAINT TO BE EGGSHELL FINISH, UON SUPPLIER CATEGORY PRODUCT /SERVICE DESCRIPTION KEYBANK CONTRACT NO. OR PO NO. MAIN CONTACT PHONE EMAIL CODE MATERIAL MANUFACTURER MODEL COLOR MODULE MAIN CONTACT REMARKS ACCUSERV MISC. ACCESSORIES LOCKERS, STANCHIONS, BINDER HOLDER, INTERIOR SIGNAGE. BULLETIN BOARD TBD ASHLEY GARNER 502 - 961 -0096 agarner@accu- serv.com x x ACP -1 ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL ARMSTRONG DUNE 1775 WHITE " " " 24 x24 x5/8 PHILLIS MILLER 1_800- 442 -4212 SUPRAFINE XL EXPOSED TEE ARMSTRONG FLOORING VCT (VINYL COMPOSITION TILE) 07 -0739 TRINA SIEGRIST 717- 396 -3676 tlsiegrist ®armstrong.com X X ACP -2 ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL USG SHEETROCK BRAND CLIMAPLUS VINYL #3260 WHITE " " 24x24"x1/2 - -- SQUARE EDGE WITH ZXLA26 GRID PROFILE ARMSTRONG CEILING CEILING TILE & GRID 07 -0739 PHILLIS MILLER SHERRY BRUNT, BETH RINEHART 800- 442 -4212 armstrongcsa@armstrong.com X X BENTLEY PRINCE STREET . FLOORING MAIN CARPET & OFF MAT 07- 0647 -001 CHRIS CLARK 800 - 423 -4709 lark @bentleyprincestreet.com chns.clark@bentleyprincestreet.com X X CPT -1 CARPET TILE BENTLEY PRINCE STREET NEW DEMOGRAPHIC CUSTOM DYE 18"x18" CHRIS CLARK INSTALL QUARTER TURNED BLUEWATER DIGITAL MARKETING SIGNAGE LCD MONITOR, MOUNTS AND SYSTEM EXTERIOR SIGNAGE OPEN /CLOSED CANOPY INDICATOR 07 -0485 07 -0684 07 -0684 ERIK CLARK DAN MOCNY DAN MOCNY 231- 885 -2600 216 -741 -3800 216- 741 -3800 eclark ®bluewatertech.com dmocny @brilliantsign.com dmocny@brilliantsign.com X X X X X X CPT -2 CPT -3 CPT -4 WALK -OFF MAT CARPET TILE BROADLOOM BENTLEY PRINCE STREET BENTLEY PRINCE STREET BENTLEY PRINCE STREET DECO RIB NEW DEMOGRAPHIC NEW TOWN CHOCOLATE CO- DEPENDENT BROWN HERALD 50CMx50CM " " 18x18 ___ CHRIS CLARK 330- 391 -4614 CHRIS CLARK 330- 391 -4614 CHRIS CLARK 330- 391 -4614 'Y H 216 - 566 -1765 RYAN SCHNEEMAN 216- 566 -1765 VESTIBULE, INSTALL AS INDICATED ON PLANS BRILLIANT NEUTRAL ALTERNATE STAIRS BRILLIANT SIGNAGE CROSSVILLE FLOOR /WAINSCOT RESTROOM WALL & FLOOR TILE ALARMS, SAFES, ATM, VAT, CCTV, UNDERCOUNTER STEEL 08 -0304 06 -0558 SHEILA WYNN DEBBIE HALKOVICS - -- - -- swynn ®crossvilleinc.com halkovdC�diebold.com X X X X EF -1 EXTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS SU' " I • X E'IOR LATEX A89 SERIES DEER VALLEY SW7720 --- DIEBOLD SECURITY AND BANK EQUIPMENT EXTERIOR FIELD, UON FLEISCHMANN OFFICE INTERIORS FURNITURE (WEST REGION) KIMBALL - CUBES, OFFICE FURNITURE, DESKS 07 -0423 SMITH CFI# KEY000 V02DOR• 802144 27 PATTI WHITMAN JOHN WANHAINEN - -- - -- patti@sfoi.com john.wanhainen ®grainger.com X X X X EF -2 EXTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS SUPERPAINT EXTERIOR LATEX A89 SERIES DIVINE WHITE SW6105 - -- EXTERIOR TRIM, UON GRAINGER EQUIPMENT DRINKING FOUNTAIN, TRASH CAN, LOCKERS GRAYBAR LIGHTING TELLER LINES, CASINGS, JAMB, HEARTH 99- 0378 -005 TONY MORBETO - -- anothony.morbeto@gbe.com X X FRP -1 FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC BOARD GLASSLINER TEXTURED WHITE - -- - -- JANITOR AND VAULT ACCEL WOODWORKING MILLWORK INTERIOR & EXTERIOR BRANCH LIGHTS TBD GWEN VOJTUSH - -- GwenV @AccelGrp.com X X MANNINGTON FLOORING MAIN LOBBY PORCELAIN TILE 07-SAK00 1 VENDOR NANCY KINNETT 440- 666 -3896 nancy_kinnett @mannington.com X X G -1 GROUT ACCUCOLOR PREMIUM SANDED PARCHMENT 991 1/8 GROUT S 1 T TEC www.tecs•ecialt com USE WITH T -1 SEAL GROUT NEW GROUND INTERIOR MARKETING DISPLAY - -- G -2 GROUT ACCUCOLOR PREMIUM SANDED CORNSILK #906 1 8 GROUT JOINTS www tecspecialty com USE WITH T -2, SEAL GROUT SEARS APPLIANCES REFRIGERATOR, MICROWAVE 08 -0234 CARL CRAMER - -- ccrame4Osearshc.com X X SHERWIN WILLIAMS PAINT PAINT (INTERIOR & EXTERIOR) 08 -0499 RYAN SCHNEEMAN - -- ryan.schneeman@sherwin.com X X PL -1 PLASTIC LAMINATE PLASTIC LAMINATE NEVAMAR PIONITE CLASSIC ROCK DARK WALNUT #RK2001T # WW701 -N - -- NEVAMAR www.n_ evamar.com �I� I www pionite com TELLER LINE AND ALL MISC. MILLWORK TELLER LINE AND HEARTH FCIC TELLER ACCENT PANELS SMITH CFI FURNITURE STEELCASE SEATING 07 -0423, SMITH CFI; : KEY000 JESSICA STITCHER - -- jessicas ®smithcfi. com X X PL -2 SURFACE MATERIALS WALL COVERING WALLPAPER 20089BMOD OR MICHELLE V. - -- michellev@surfacematerials.com X X PL -3 PLASTIC LAMINATE NEVAMAR CARMEN RED #S1049T (TEXTURED) - -- V www nevamor com JOHNSON CONTROLS JCI HVAC HVAC EQUIPMENT 08 -0331 FRED BRYANT - -- frederick.n.bryant ©jci.com X X _ PT -1 PT -2 PAINT PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS SHERWIN WILLIAMS PRO GREEN 200 EG -SHEL DURATION HOME SATIN A97T154 KILIM BEIGE SW6106 RAVE RED SW6608 - -- - -- RYAN SCHNEEMAN 216- 566 -1765 RYAN SCHNEEMAN 216- 566 -1765 ALL INTERIOR WALLS, UON EXTRA WHITE BASE COMMUNITY WALL & CONFERENCE ROOM WHERE INDICATED REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 1 3 2011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION PT -3 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS PRO INDUSTRIAL GLOSS ACRYLIC -SEMI GLOSS TURKISH COFFEE SW6076 - -- RYAN SCHNEEMAN 216- 566 -1765 METAL DOORS & FRAMES PT -4 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS PRO -GREE FLAT CEILING BRIGHT WHITE SW7007 - -- RYAN SCHNEEMAN 216-566-1765 METAL DOORS & FRAMES PT -5 PAINT (FIRE RETARDANT) FLAMESTOP FLAMESTOP IM WHITE - -- 1-877-397-7897 www.flamestop.com PLYWOOD BACKBOARD IN ETO ROOM (TWO COATS RB -1 RUBBER BASE JOHNSONITE COVE BASE FUDGE #167 # 4" HEIGHT LAURIE BAATZ 440- 313 -8238 PRIVATE AREAS AND BOH RS -1 REDUCER STRIP CERAMIC TOOL CO. CTC38CT ALUMINUM -CLEAR ANODIZED - -- - -- RS -2 REDUCER STRIP JOHNSONITE CTA -XX -D FUDGE #167 - -- - -- RS -3 REDUCER STRIP JOHNSONITE CTA -XX -H FUDGE #167 - -- - -- RS -4 REDUCER STRIP JOHNSONITE EG -XX -G FUDGE #167 - -- - -- RS -5 REDUCER STRIP JOHNSONITE CRS -XX -D FUDGE #167 - -- - -- T -1 PORCELAIN TILE MANNINGTON #CR1T24 PORCELAIN BEIGE 12"x24" JOYCE HOLBERT 800- 241 - 2262x6412 LOBBY -FIELD COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION /DRY > 0,7 COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION /WET > 0,6 T -2 PORCELAIN TILE CROSSVILLE, INC. CROSSVILLE CLASSIC MOSAICS A235 SAHARA DUNE; FINISH: CROSS -SHEEN (UPS) NQM." 3 X3 X1/4 " SHELIA WYNN 1- 865 - 675 -0939 SC -1 CONCRETE FLOOR COATING SHERWIN WILLIAMS ARMORSEAL TREADPLEX ACRYLIC --- - -- - -- SSM -1 SOLID SURFACING MATERIAL DUPONT CORIAN DELTA SAND - -- DUPONT SURFACES 1- 800 - 436 -6072 TELLER AND HEARTH COUNTERTOP SSM -2 SOLID SURFACING MATERIAL DUPONT ZODIAC INDUS RED - -- DUPONT SURFACES 1- 800 - 436 -6072 TELLER TRANSACTION TOP & COMM. TOP SSM -3 SOLID SURFACING MATERIAL ACCEL POWDER COATED MDF BOARD KEYBANK RED # ZP09F22 -R1 - -- TELLER ACCENT PANEL ST -1 STAIN - -- - -- KIMBALL WOOD FURNITURE FINISH - -- - __ GC TO VERIFY WITH MILLWORK VENDOR VCT -1 VINYL COMPOSITE TILE ARMSTRONG IMPERIAL TEXTURE STANDARD EXCELON DESERT BEIGE #51809 12X12 " TRINA SIEGRIST 1_717_396 -3686 EMPLOYEE LOUNGE, ETO VCT -2 VINYL COMPOSITE TILE ARMSTRONG IMPERIAL TEXTURE STANDARD EXCELON MARASCHINO 51880 # 12 "X12" iRINA SIEGRIST 1- 717 - 396 -3686 ETO CLEAR SPACE WD -1 WOOD BASE - -- - -- STAIN TO ODMWOOD FINISHL - -- KELLY 33650317x2135 PUBLIC AREAS REDUCER STRIP z 0 .______— LOOSE PVC 1/4 ". DIAMETER TOP CAP THRU BOLT WITH TOGGLE, TYP 2 WT -1 WINDOW BLINDS MECHOSHADE MECHOSHADE 5 WITH CHAIN CHROME PULL STONE 6018 # - -- MECHOSHADE www.mechoshade.com INCLUDE OPTIONAL FASCIA; COLOR: QUAKER BRONZE OF GYP BD I (FIRRS -2) o WT -2 WINDOW FILM 3M FASARA SAN MARINO SH2MA MM - -- WWW.3M.COM 48" AFF RESILIENT REDUCER STRIP (BLACK) CARPET U GLUE DOWN C E ``' RESILIENT FLOORING RESILIENT FLOORING SEALED CONCRETE - "_�i 3 4 X 2" POPLAR PLYWOOD TRIM �1r SCREWED TO 2X4 %e 2X4 WC -1 WALL COVERING SYMPHONY MARIMBA RED OXIDE — MICHELLE VNUK 800-231-3223x131 CONFERENCE ROOM WHE INDI WHERE INDICATED BUILD UP FLOOR WITH LATEX ° Pll,un_._L n9ltb�11�lnosn►ilulu�� WC -2 WALL COVERING SYMPHONY MARIMBA DRIED PALM - -- VNUK 800-231-3223x131 ALTERNATE WALL FINISH METAL STRAP TYP OF 2 LABEL OPLAN 6" 6 DIAMETER PVC TUBE SECTION ..:.,. .. SUBSTRATE GLUE DOWN CARPET 0 TO RESILIENT r FLOORING :.:. :..:. ° . ; :..: °. ; ::.. - .:. .. "a CONCRETE SLAB RESILIENT FLOORING O TO SEALED CONCRETE WC -3 WALL COVERING SYMPHONY MARIMBA VEILED WHITE ___ MICHELLE VNUK 800- 231- 3223x131 ALTERNATE WALL FINISH G.C. MUST PROVIDE AND ATTACH A LABEL (WITH CLEAR TAPE) STATING: 11B FILL AS NECESSARY TO ALIGN CARPET CRUSH LINE WITH TOP OF CERAMIC TILE FLOORING REDUCER STRIP REDUCER STRIP b ii.... 0 sir) Z A -602 EXTENT OF WOOD HOLDER THIS TUBE CONTAINS STORE DRAWINGS AND IS NOT TO BE REMOVED WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE STORE MANAGER. THANK YOU. F�RRS -1 o ( ) PORCELAIN TILE WITH (FIRRS -3) SYSTEM Z GLUE DOWN CARPET W m SETTING PORCELAIN TILE FLOORING WITH SETTING SYSTEM VCT /SHEET SEALED VINYL FLOORING CONCRETE RECEIVED JUN 02 2011 EXIERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE PERMIT CENTER PVC BOTTOM CONSTRUCTED T : ENTIRE ASSEMBLY IS L CAP GLUED IN PLACE CONTRACTOR =clod .I. nintani I►, mew \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \\\ \\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \\ """ _ • SUBSTRATE ; . - • c'::. : �; : ; :: ; o • . . . . . . . • , : • CONCRETE SLAB - CODE MATERIAL MFR MODEL COLOR REMARKS OELEVATION UPON COMPLETION OF PROJECT, GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST RUN A NEW SET OF BLUEPRINTS OF THE COMPLETED STORE DRAWINGS (ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, GLUE DOWN CARPET PORCELAIN TILE. TO O TO PORCELAIN TILE O RESILIENT FLOORING EF -1 EXTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS SUPERPAINT EXTERIOR LATEX A89 SERIES DEER VALLEY SW7720 STRUCTURAL) AND PLACE INTO PLAN TUBE HOLDER CONSTRUCTED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR PLAN TUBE HOLDER T RA N S I T I 0 N DETAILS EF -2 EXTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS SUPERPAINT EXTERIOR LATEX A89 SERIES DIVINE WHITE SW6105 EF -3 EXTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS SUPERPAINT EXTERIOR LATEX A89 SERIES RAVE RED SW6608 EF -7 PRE - FABRICATED CORNICE SYSTEM ARCHITECTURAL FIBERGLASS, INC - -- TO MATCH EF -2, DIVINE WHITE FILL CORNICE CAVITY WITH 2" THICKNESS FIRE SAFING AT 10' -0" OC HORIZONTALLY SCALE: 1- 1/2 " =1' -0" SCALE: 6 " =1' -0" 1 EF -8 1" X 5 -1/2" TRIM FYPON /... -.0..... �....\_ FLT159 -12 /\ _... /..... PAINT EF -3, RAVE RED U:1Projects\KeyBa n k1W as hi ngton W ndoverPark\Cadd kb20781S heets1kb2078_a- 602.dwg 4/15/11 3:12 PM COPYRIGHT © 2011 CALLISON 65 CALLISON 0 Z Oc (0)) a ca C.) 3 w a) c co ANDOVER co 00 co 0) ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 BID SET 03/28/11 PERMIT REV #1 A 04/18/11 Schedules & Details A -602 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 U:1 Projects\ KeyBank \Washington\AndoverParklCadd kb20781Sheets1kb2078_a- 801.dwg 2/27/11 3:43 PM COPYRIGHT © 2011 CALLISON CALLISON CALLISON www.callison.com ■. W ANDOVER PARK Park West ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/2 5/1 1 Interior Details A -801 OPTION FOR OPTION FOR PARTIAL -HT FRAMING, PARTIAL -HT FRAMING, WITH BRACING WITH BRACING 6 6 g 6 6D 8 9 6 6D X13 3 5/8" METAL STUDS THE PARTITION -TYPE DESIGNATION OR WALL DESIGNATION IS A THREE : �� i!� �0 =7 -��, 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD o z = ,,; z c°) ° o a = `` " z O '' ' '- ~ _ z ° METAL STUDS (PER ES REPORT ESR- 2054), MAXIMUM HEIGHT 20' -0" FINISH MATERIALS VARY MAXIMUM 1 ( WEIGHT EQUAL TO 2 LAYERS GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE PLUS APPLIED FINISHES) EACH SIDE METAL STUDS 6" METAL STUDS A -801, A -801 A -801 A -801 A -801 A -801 A -801 ► A -801 A -801 A 803 ■ -TYPE -UNIT CODE THAT INDICATES THE CONFIGURATION, CONSTRUCTION AND INSULATION OF THE 1 INSULATION IF NOTED 3 A 1 a PARTITION AS FOLLOWS: 11 INSULATION (PER THIS DETAIL, BELOW _ ( ) CONSTRUCTION OF PARTITION /WALL VERTICAL CONFIGURATION OF PARTITION /WALL . % ___ _ ._ ` C ""+�►I " i .*► * t w, "" ""+w + ' . .;r ► ,.. yw ..�. aOIN • FP 1 a ""' + .. - VIIPi �� ��, 9111V �► ; a 2 1/2 METAL STUDS �� r� AT ALL ACOUSTICAL PARTITIONS (PARTITI( ACOUSTICAL INSULATION), APPLY A FILE SEALANT AT BOTTOM CORNER OF TRACK, TO APPLICATION OF GYPSUM BOARD FASTENERS: AT PLYWOOD FLOOR MINIMUM 3/4" CDX : PROVIDE (2) NO 8 WOOD SCREWS AT 24" O 24 MAXIMUM OC STAGGERED FOR 1 LAYER+.,;/ ""-.[ GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE, 16 MAXIMIM OC STAGGERED FOR 2 LAYERS GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE AT CIP CONCRETE AND POST- TENSIONED CONCRETE FLOOR: " PROVIDE HILTI X -U 0.157" DIAMETER POWDER- ACTUATED FASTENERS, EMBED 3 4 PER ESR -2269. 24" MAXIMUM OC STAGGERED FOR 1 LAYER GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE, 16" 16 MAXIMUM OC STAGGERED FOR 2 LAYERS GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE ',,, A 803 I ��` ��� ► F �" ��� �� 5/8 GYPSUM BOARD METAL STUDS 3 5/8" METAL STUDS 11k ►a / �; ►� ►� U, –d W I– l=1 ° a -° u, _ W = r_ z ci' Al") o z_ - °z •- ., a - p f ' - PARTITION /WALL SYMBOLOGY •"'�, ��. .-�, F�� r a �' ��; YON.--.41, F ►� F.►� ‘0.--..., F �� __ ►! F /r ` la. • . �i sr, `'' _- o . -.. a_. ® ea ° ", ems' c - ::1 ��� 1e� i ►� t.� F��_ so- � f�� F ►� ,►_ .. k1► �> �? cn L1 ,-i C n •• U, c c' - o [ G x � € `` Y INSULATION IF NOTED 6 6" METAL STUDS �' ` l + `, Y t +► �r r~ „ ,. ca � ` ' .:� '�".. k " z c - ,�. �+*�, 1 �r I — NO INSULATION ■ 5/8" 3 5/8 METAL STUDS ►� h`♦ : r- :: �� 1 HR FIRE -RATED CONSTRUCT PER UL DESIGN NO. U419 METAL STUDS ' ��'° . ■ 6" METAL STUDS ACOUSTICAL GATT ACOUS INS INSULATION „ " „ 5 8 TYPE X GYP / SUM BOARD EACH SIDE J 9 A B TT THERMAL INSULATION _ A -801 A -801 m 1 -* 1Pink A -801 lI*- A -801 lek A -801 `n ` " A-801 P, 801 i I INSULATION IF NOTED ¢ .. . ' - - -- ZEE-FURRING "� : MEME °: SHIM AS REQUIRED 10 2 ZEE FURRING _ — :— _ C E Ld ........_..__ INSULATION DESIGNATION • FOR FLAT FINISH •I iii. ■ ■ ■. mil • SURFACE TO BE FURRED 1 1 I 1 7/8" HAT CHANNEL NOTE: SEE SPECIFICATION FOR STUD SPACING AND GAGE PARTITION-TYPE LEGEND PT FOR T N TO S E � T S M I L R CONNECTION I C SITUATIONS NON -FIRE RATED NON -FIRE RATED NON -FIRE RATED PARTITION NON -FIRE RATED FULL-HEIGHT PARTITION FULL- HEIGHT PARTITION FINISH SH MATERIALS PARTIAL-HEIGHT FULL- HEIGHT PARTITION PARTITION /WALL DESIGNATIONS NON -FIRE RATED PARTITION FHE PARIIHON NON -EIRE FATED WITH I FINISH MATERIALS PARTIAL-HEIGHT CONSTRUCT O IOPER ��G PARTIAL - HEIGHT PARTITION RIME 01 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD '..�, ,� 2 RIGID INSULATION IF NOTED PARTITION 4 N� WHERE CEILING OCCURS, EXTEND MATERIALS 6" ABOVE CEILING OR TO 12' -O" AFF WHERE DECK AND SUPPORTING STRUCTURE SHOWN SCHEMATICALLY, SEE DETAILS FOR ACTUAL CONFIGURATION, TYP PROVIDE INSULATION ONLY WHERE INDICATED BY PARTITION -TYPE INDICATOR NO SCALE MODIFIED C1010FP -03 NOT TO SCALE NO SCALE C1010FP -01 3 " =1' -0" C1010FP -08 3/4" CDX MINIMUM, FLOOR OR ROOF DECK, TYPICAL THROUGHOUT THIS DETAIL - - - - - - - X 3" X 3" ANGLE (20 GAGE MINIMUM), FASTENED TO TRACK ,�m- AND BRACED PER T► A i 1 1 1 1 1 1 AT SINGLE BRACE - FASTEN ANGLE TO BRACE WITH (4) NO 10 SCREWS AT DOUBLE BRACE - FASTEN DOUBLE BRACE TO BOTH ANGLES WITH (6) NO 10 SCREWS THROUGH BRACE AND BOTH ANGLES 2 X 6 (MINIMUM) FLOOR OR ROOF FRAMING (JOISTS) AT 24" MAXIMUM OC, TYPICAL THROUGHOUT THIS DETAIL N A - -,+ + + 1 \ / X 1 / \ % +� -i+ + + +�- 1V \ / + + - + +\ - DETAIL AT RIGHT o 20 GAGE MINIMUM _ DEEP LEG TRACK OR - I I J / 1 —, =IOWA 2 X 4 MINIMUM BLOCKING AT 48" MAXIMUM OC, FASTENED TO JOISTS WITH (1) A34 ANCHOR OR H END ATTACH BRACE DIRECTLY TO ROOF STRUCTURE WHERE STRUCTURE IS PERPENDICULAR TO PARTITION SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY A AND B: (3) NO 8 X 1 1/4" SCREWS SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C, D, E, AND F: (3) NO 10 X 1 1/4" WOOD SCREWS 2 X 4 MINIMUM BLOCKING, ,— FASTENED TO JOISTS WITH (1) A34 ANCHOR EACH END SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY A AND B: (2) NO 8 X 1 1/4" SCREWS AT 24" OC SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C, D, E, AND F: (2) NO 10 X 1 1 4" WOOD O / SCREWS AT 24" OC MAXIMUM 2 X BLOCKING MAY BE ADDED FOR ACOUSTICAL SEPARATION, HVAC SEPARTION, OR DRAFTSTOPPING SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY A AND B: (2) NO 8 X 1 1/4" SCREWS AT 24" OC SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C, D, E, AND F: (2) NO 10 X 1 1/4" WOOD SCREWS AT 24" OC MAXIMUM �p� / �� / SLOTTED TRACK T - � 1 ,L 20' -0" MAXIMUM TOTAL SPAN 1 y v _ T -T T • GENERAL NOTES: ,_ --� FOR WALLS TO 10'-0" - BRACE WITH 362S137 -33 AT 8' -0" MAXIMUM OC. ALTERNATE DIRECTION OF BRACES ALONG LENGTH OF WALL WHERE POSSIBLE. FOR WALLS TO 15' -0" - BRACE WITH DOUBLED 362S137 -33 AT 8' -0" MAXIMUM OC. ALTERNATE DIRECTION OF BRACES ALONG LENGTH OF WALL. FASTEN DOUBLED STUDS TOGETHER WITH WITH NO 8 SCREWS AT 24" MAXIMUM OC. I �— 1 1 1 1 1 METAL STUDS, CUT 1 3/4" SHORT FOR 3/4" DEFLECTION 1 FINISH MATERIALS VARY g 1 (MAXIMUM WEIGHT EQUAL TO 2 LAYERS GYPSUM �n 1 BOARD EACH SIDE PLUS APPLIED FINISHES) 1 I o�q .�pVQ / �/ 20 GAGE MINIMUM DEEP LEG TRACK OR SLOTTED TRACK TO ALLOW 1 2" / DEFLECTION. MAINTAIN DEFLECTION CAPACITY AND FIRE - RATING AT ALL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS STUDS CUT 1/2" SHORT TO ALLOW 1/2" DEFLECTION AT TOP OF FINISH MATERIALS (WHERE OCCURS) PROVIDE 1/2" CLEAR SPACE TO ALLOW 1/2" DEFLECTION. DO NOT SCREW FINISH MATERIALS INTO TOP TRACK - FASTEN INTO STUDS ONLY - AT SINGLE BRACE - FASTEN ANGLE TO TRACK WITH (8) NO 10 SCREWS AT DOUBLE BRACE - FASTEN 2 (2) ANGLES TO TRACK WITH (8) NO 8 10 SCREWS AT EACH ANGLE /1 BRACE OF STUDS (OR 9 DOUBLED STUDS) AT TOP OF PARTITION PER DETAIL 0 PARTITION PERPENDICULAR TO JOISTS O PARTITION PARALLEL TO JOISTS O PARTITION LOCATED AT DECK EDGE /OPENING O PARTITION BRACE TO STRUCTURE V O SECTION ACROSS PARTITION O SECTION ACROSS BRACING INTERSECTION OF NON -RATED METAL -STUD PARTITIONS WITH SOLID- LUMBER STRUCTURE AND PLYWOOD DECK ABOVE TOP QF PARTITION WHERE BRACED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE — 2006/2009 IBC SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C, D, E, AND F oFOR CODEC COMPLIANCE 6 3 " =1' -0" APPROVED C101 JUN 13 2011 P-26 3 " =1' -0" C1010FP -48 3/4" CLEAR AT ONE END IN EACH DIRECTION. DO NOT FASTEN TO STRUCTURE PER CISCA 3 -4 EXCEPT AS INDICATED IN DETAILS C AND F, COMPONENTS FASTEN THIS END TO THE CLOSURE ANGLE. AT OTHER END (FIGURES 2, 3, 4, AND 5) AS MODIFIED OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING AND FIRE IN EACH DIRECTION, FASTEN TEES TO CLOSURE ANGLE. BY ASCE 7 -05. SECTION 13.5.6.2.2 PROTECTION SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED AND LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING LESS THAN 10 POUNDS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE BY City of Tnc t w GAGE BUILDING D SIQ.AN) MINIMUM WIRES SPLAYED 90 FROM EACH OTHER AND (1) 12 GAGE TAUT OR SLACK WIRE SECURED TO MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2" OF BRACED FROM STRUCTURE / i INTERSECTION. EACH END OF EACH WIRE TO BE LOOPED AND WRAPPED AROUND ITSELF 3 1 �` HANGAR WIRE AT EACH TEE AND PERIMETER CROSS TEE STABILIZER BAR TO I PERIMETER MAINTAIN TEE SPACING MAIN TEE OR CROSS TEE (SUSPENSION SYSTEM) HEAVY DUTY , WHERE HANGAR WIRES ARE MORE THAN 1:6 OUT-OF-PLUMB, 12 GAGE MINIMUM HANGAR WIRES W REDS AT 4' -0" OC EACH DIRECTION - NO MORE THAN 1:6 OUT -OF- PLUMB, TYPICAL )1L 1 FIXTURES WEIGHING MORE THAN I TIMES MINIMUM WITHIN A 3" MAX LENGTH 1 0 POUNDS AND LESS THAN 56 POUNDS, AND AIR TERMINALS/SERVICES WEIGHING MORE THAN 20 POUNDS AND LESS THAN 56 POUNDS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE BY (2) 12 GAGE TAUT OR SLACK WIRES ATTACHED AT DIAGONAL CORNERS \,,,1,4,,, 1 SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C: PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTION TO SPRINKLER HEAD THAT ALLOWS CEILING TO MOVE 3 3/8" IN ALL HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONS SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D, E, ANF F: PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIO TO SPRINKLER HEAD THAT ALLOWS CEILING TO MOVE 1 ALL HORIZONTAL DI' TI �s• PROVIDE CEILING EXPANSION r � JOINTS AS NECESSARY, / DIVIDING CEILING INTO AREA ppw ��. OO METAL - FRAMED TRAPEZE AS NECESSARY TO AVOID WIRE LOOPED AND WRAPPED OBSTRUCTIONS AROUND ITSELF 3 TIMES MINIMUM MAINTAIN HANGAR WIRE LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR TERMINALS /SERVICES WEIGHING MORE THAN 56 POUNDS AND ALL PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY FROM STRUCTURE % / ., NO GREATER THAN 2500 AT EACH END OF HANGAR WIRE WITHIN A 3" MAXIMUM LENGTH SPACING AND CAPACITY BELOW OBSTRUCTION ABOVE USING APPROVED HANGARS \ . • FOR SPANS 1 5/UP 8" " MPRE USE A SINGLE 20 GAGE '1 5/8 COMPRESSION STRUT r a Y a�' Jl .� 1 �JI ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS LIGHT FIXTURES, AIR TERMINALS, AND SERVICES SHALL BE POSITIVELY ATTACHED TO THE CEILING SYSTEM LOCATE BRACING AT 12' -0" OC EACH AND FASTENED TO MAIN TEE WITH (2) NO 8 SCREWS AND TO STRUCTURE WITH (2) HILTI g" MAX / 2 X 2 CLOSURE ANGLE, COMPLY WITH ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS OF ASTM C635, ASTM C636, CISCA 3 -4, AND ASCE 7 -05, SECTION 13.5.6. � MINIMUM. SEE NOTE AT TOP. DIRECTION WITHIN 6' -0" OF PERIMETER WALLS PARTITIONS, OR EXPANSION JOINTS / S -DNI .145 DIA X 3/4" 8" MAX EACH SIDE/ RECEIVED ", MAR 012011 FOR SPANS UP TO 9' -0 USE DOUBLE COMPRESSION STRUT PERMIT CENTER OPERIMETER SUPPORT © GENERAL SUPPORT © LIGHT FIXTURE AND MECHANICAL SERVICE SUPPORT C LATERAL BRACING FOR CEILINGS EXCEEDING 144 SF 0 EXPANSION JOINT FOR CEILINGS EXCEEDING 2500 SF 0 SPRINKLER HEAD CLEARANCE NOT FOR REQUIRED IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATAGORY C CONTRACTOR OPTION FOR CATEGORY C: PROVIDE ALTERNATIVE LATERAL BRACING DESIGN BASED NOT REQUIRED IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C CEILINGS LESS THAN 144 SF ON ASCE 7 SECTION 13.3.1 AND 13.5.6.1 INSTALLATION OF SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS - 2006/2009 IBC SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C, D, E, AND F NO SCALE C3030AC -01 U:1 Projects\ KeyBank \Washington\AndoverParklCadd kb20781Sheets1kb2078_a- 801.dwg 2/27/11 3:43 PM COPYRIGHT © 2011 CALLISON CALLISON CALLISON www.callison.com ■. W ANDOVER PARK Park West ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/2 5/1 1 Interior Details A -801 10 U:1Projects \KeyBan k \Washi ngton\AndoverPark \Cadd kb20781Sheets1kb2078= a- 803.dwg 2/27/11 3:43 PM COPYRIGHT © 2011 CALLISON tik CALLISON CD N 00 CO o- c0 a_ ANDOVER t0 SSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 nterior Details -803 WALL FINISH 7 NEW SAFETY GLASS, TYP 13 FORMS BOX, TYP F SS -1 SEE PLAN �. V PER PLAN / 1' -6" 3' -6" 1' -6" i co "� ,, ,, APPLIED VINYL, FOIC PHOTO PANELS, FOIC A / EQ. -803 VARIES EQ. 1 1 —fi FI PL -2 / EQ. EQ. / / � 1-0" \ / » 6 `� N �- I 1 _ / / i GRAPHICS TYPICAL, FOIC HEARTH WHERE OCCURS BASE PER PLAN T.O. -EXISTING AFF TO CEILING AT VIDEO WALL- VERIFY IN FIELD 1 FISS -1) FP (FI L -2 ) STOREFRONT N W ; AFF TO CENTER OF WALL PLATE MOUNTIN' SLOTS DIM "Y" I = ` I \ A -803 1' -9" TYP OB ELEVATION » 1 -0 /3 , » 3-0" »� 1 -0 X33 ELEC/DATA / II _' m ° o ¢ m o � _ ° o o AFF TO CENTER OF RECEPTACLES/ PULL BOXES p . DIM "B" / VIF /3/ /3 FI PL -2 ) B ABOVE HEARTH CONTINUOUS WALL PLATE, COORDINATE / W/ VENDOR DWG, TYP 6 -0 TYP NEW ACCESSIBLE / 10 RECPTACLES- COORDINATE W/ ELEC & VENDOR DWG, TYP COUNTER y -__ -� x.., �... —_ ;........ >. SEE PLAN WALL FINISH PER PLAN APPLIED VINYL, FOIC PHOTO PANELS, FOIC GRAPHICS TYPICAL, FOIC A -803 � � d- i I , CUM CV SEE PLAN NOTE: RELAMINATE HORIZONTAL RELAMINATE COUNTER RED ACCENT PANELS, FCIC SEE 1) WALL LENGTH MAY (FI PL -1 SURFACES (FI PL -2 ), TYP ( FI PL -1 ), TYP. CFI PL -3 ), TYP (5) LOCATIONS ` C® �r NOT EQUAL TELLER LENGTH- CENTER MONITORS BEHIND TELLER LINE U.O.N. ON PLAN 2) GC TO COORDINATE ALL MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR VIDEO WALL WITH CEILING HEIGHT TABLE 11 COORDINATE HORIZONTAL A -803 LAMINATE WITH A -111 6 DIM "Y" (CEILING HEIGHT) DIM "A" (RECEPT.) DIM "B" (WALL PLT.) DIM "C" (MONITOR) \ PT -2 BASE PER PLAN A -803 / 6' -6" ABOVE BELOW O PLAN / 5B 114" & ABOVE 75" 80 3/8" 71" O ON W�LL WALL NOTE: GC TO COORDINATE COMMUNITY WALL WITH KEYBANK MERCHANDISING VENDOR ELEVATION DWGS BY BLUEWATER TECHNOLOGIES TYP 1X1 VIDEO WALL ELEV TELLER LINE R A -803 HEARTH - FULL COMMUNITY SCALE: 1/4 " =1 -0" 3 PANEL SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0" SCALE: 1/4' =1' -0" 5 SCALE: 1/2 " =1' -0" FOIC • REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 13 2011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION / 11 -9» 9" CE RCP FOR � CEI LING HEIGHT / 3/4" HARDWOOD PLYWOOD V:Fs EO _ co EN ------\\N„, —� I !- I � 1 I I I I — 7-- --- i RECEPTA PULL BOXES _ � WALL TYPE VARIES 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKING 5/8 " GYP BD 3/8" RAISED BRUSHED ALUMINUM PANEL FOIC CEILING PER RCP VIDEO SCREEN BY OWNERS VENDOR, TYP COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHT OF VIDEO EQUIPMENT OUTLET _� `'� (SS -1) ON 1-1/2" THICK PARTICLE BOARD �o _ �' td- — .. __ A -03 / . a _\ - r (PL -1) ON 3/4° THICK PARTICLE BOARD DOORS WITH CONCEALED HINGES / a 1' -2 1/4" ^ P LAM ON 3/4 PARTICLE BOARD ADJ SHELF ON SHELD PINS ®1 1/2" O.C. (1 SHELF) (PL-1) ON 3/4 THICK PARTICLE BOARD WITH VENDOR DRAWINGS _ . . RELAMINATE COUNTER / 1' -8 1/4" .� (FI PL -1 ) , TYP �_ / co �, 1/4" ART PHOTO PANEL FOIC EXISTING GYP BD WALL EXISTING PARTITION e ° ° ° ° ° o a a ° NEW ACCESSIBLE COUNTER _ I• °- )oo_0Wrz \ o a z ¢ o Z W l Z W RELAMINATE ALL EXISTING MILLWORK \ EXISTING PARTITION / SURFACES, (FI PL -2 ) TYP ,A1 i I, (PL -1) BASE , 3" 9 3/4» ENLARGED / BACKING DETAIL COMMUNITY WALL PANEL DETAIL TYPICAL VIDEO WALL SEC. TELLER LINE RELAMINATION ACCESSIBLE / HEARTH SECTION SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" SCALE: 1/4"=11-0" `-' SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" SCALE: 1/4"=11-0" O SCALE: 1"=11-0" FOIC PL 54 MIL x 2 -1/4" x CONT / PLASTIC LAMINATE OVER 3/4 INCH FOIL BACKED MDF CI CONNECTION ROCKLER 3100 SERIES CONNECTOR BOLT, TYP OF (4) EXISTING TELLER LINE 3/4 INCH FOIL BACKED WOOD BLOCKING INSIDE SCHEDULED 21 -0" WOOD 2'_0" �111111114 11_4" (PL-1) ON 3/4" THK, ( ) BLOCKING INSIDE SCHEDULED 1' -4" — (PL -1) ON 3/4" THK, 12 WITH (2) #8 x 3" SCREWS AT / SIMPSON A34, TYP BLOCKING AT ATTACHMENTS 2X STUD WALL 0 TELLER LINE, VIF alb A -803 (E) 2X STUDS AT 16" OC MIN AND AT MIDSPAN OF BLOCKING, TYP PL 54 MIL x CONT ACCESSIBLE COUNTER; ACCESSIBLE ROUT GROOVE TO ALLOW FOR STEEL PLATE (E) 2X STUDS SIMPSON A34 TOP AND BOT, TYP AT END OF BLOCKING WOOD BLOCKING L PARTITION \ PARTICLE BOARD SHELF AND APRON \ PARTITION * / PARTICLE BOARD SHELF AND APRON \ 1" DIA ROD AND ESCUTCHEON "x3" ° In \ N\ \/ J4x4 \ "%t- • �- 1" DIA ROD AND ESCUTCHEON 3/4 "x3" LEDGER- PAINT TO MATCH CABINET - EQ EQ " . . / AIN .—. 3 1/2" ADA COMP COAT HOOK I i 3/4 LEDGER- PAINT TO MATCH CABINET /3» I % / 1 1 8 ALIGN 4, / MDF, FINISH ( I PL -2 ) 10" MAX' / 4' 1/4 INCH SAFETY GLASS EXISTING WICKET OPENING & TELLER TRANSACTION SURFACE °' _ _ J LOCKERS, FCIC RECEIVED o \ N PL -2 FINISH FLOOR -\ \ NOTES: COUNTERTOP NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY COUNTERTOP IS DESIGNED FOR 20 PSF DISTRIBUTED LIVE LOAD ONLY NO STEP ALLOWED • 1 II � �z N \ - � \ SECTI N @ CCTV LOCKER 4 vi... UNIT MAR 012011 PERMIT CENTER SECTI N © CCTV LOCKER UNIT O SECTION SECTION @ ACCESSIBLE TRANSACTION COUNTER ACCESSIBLE SHELF SECTION FCIC SAFETY GLASS DETAIL SCALE: 1"=11-0" FCIC 1_1/2..1 -0" SCALE: NOT TO SCALE SCALE: 1"=11-0" - FOIC SCALE: 1"=11-0" FOIC U:1Projects \KeyBan k \Washi ngton\AndoverPark \Cadd kb20781Sheets1kb2078= a- 803.dwg 2/27/11 3:43 PM COPYRIGHT © 2011 CALLISON tik CALLISON CD N 00 CO o- c0 a_ ANDOVER t0 SSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 nterior Details -803 10 U: \Projects \KeyBank \W ashingtonW ndoverPark \Caddkb2078 \S heets \kb2078_a- 804.dwg 2/27/11 3:43 PM COPYRIGHT © 2011 CALLISON or ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 Interior Details A -804 9 CD -�' , 2' -1° A -804 PLASTIC LAMINATE UPPER - (PL -1) ON 3/4" THK, PARTICLE BOARD COUNTER TOP AND BACKSPLASH TYP. 1" PL -2 FILLER STRIP CABINETS (I PL -1 ) 4 E) DOORS 3/4" THICK PLASTIC LAMINATE ,�-•� ,, x .: 4 BACKSPLASH ( 1 PL -1 ) _ ° 1 IN IN • 15"x24" SUPPORT BRACKET FINISH FLOOR PLASTIC LAMINATE BASE CABINETS AND 4" TOEKICK _ _ �- EXIST. WALL BASE ,' F 1 ./' 1 "., -) ( 1 PL -1 ) cc 1 3' -3" 2' -6" 14 4 0 ELEVATION TELLER A -804 WORK AREA SECTION @ COUPON COUNTER SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0" FOIC v SCALE: 1 " =1' -0" FOIC WOOD BLOCKING INSIDE SCHEDULED PARTITION 24" W. PL -2 CLOSET ROD SHELF 15 & ROD. NOTE: G.C. TO PROVIDE ONE ACCESSIBLE APPROVED COAT HOOK AT 48" A.F.F. NEXT TO LOCKER, SEE DETAIL 14/A -803 CCTV 24x24 BY OWNER VENDOR. 1" PL -2 END PANEL. A -803 CID "' VA '1 _ —I 0 o ° (PL -1) ON 3/4" THK, PARTICLE BOARD ADJUSTABLE SHELVES ON SHELF PINS ® 1 1/2" O.C. (3 SHELVES) MELAMINE INTERIOR SIDES (PL -1) ON 3/4" PARTICLE BOARD DOORS WITH CONCEALED -CFI PT -1 ) o a WHITE ° ° 4" WALL BASE PER 4"A W SEE FINISH LEGEND) G.C. TO PROVIDE GRAINGER�` o I FIVE -TIER LOCKER (GRAINGER ITEM NO. 51159) WITH FLAT TOPS & 6" LEGS, STEEL COLOR SAND, UNDER CLOSET ROD SHELF. NOTE: G.C. TO PROVIDE TWO ADAAG I!. 0 ° ° 0 ° —I J SELF CLOSING HINGES 4" ALUM WIRE PULL HANDLES APPROVED LOCKERS WITH LEVER ill HANDLE. COORD. SIGNAGE WITH 5' -0" 8 " BASE- DOUBLE DOOR LOCK AS REQUIRED KEYBANK SIGNAGE VENDOR. LOCATED MIN. 18" A.F.F. & MAX. 48 " A.F.F. SECTION @ UPPER CASEWORK NOTE: COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER'S VENDOR LOUNGE ELEVATION O SCALE: 1 " =1 -0" FOIC SCALE: 1/4"= 1' -0" FOIC 2' -1" REVIEWED FO CODE CO R qpp ��CrgNCE JUN 1 3 2011 Crty of Tukwila BUrLDrNG DIVISION • r RECEIVED MAR 012011 PERNIATCEMTER �, = (PL -1) ON 3/4" THK, PARTICLE BOARD COUNTER TOP AND BACKSPLASH :/".> cn M \� °� DRAWER ON FULL EXTENSION GLIDES _ �� L ° 0 o ° ° 4..----- x BASE DOUBLE DOOR LOCK AS 1 REQUIRED � -- 4" ALUM WIRE PULL HANDLES P. LAM ON 3/4" THICK PARTICLE BOARD ADJ SHELF ON SHELF PINS 0 1 1/2" O.C. (1 SHELF) ' WHITE MELAMINE INTERIOR SIDES (PL -1 ON 3/4" THICK PARTICLE BOARD DOORS WITH CONCEALED HINGES o —J ° ° 0 0 0 0 0 ° ° ° 1 ; x- FINISH FLOOR (PL -1) BASE 1' -9" 43", SECTION @ BASE CABINET SCALE: 1 " =1 -0" FOIC U: \Projects \KeyBank \W ashingtonW ndoverPark \Caddkb2078 \S heets \kb2078_a- 804.dwg 2/27/11 3:43 PM COPYRIGHT © 2011 CALLISON or ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 Interior Details A -804 1 2 10 DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS PROCUREMENT REQUIREMENTS 002113 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS A. Furnished by the Owner under separate cover. B. References to "the Owner" shall mean KeyBank. CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 005000 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT A. Furnished by the Owner under separate cover. B. References to "the Owner" shall mean KeyBank. 007200 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. General Conditions and Form of Agreement will be furnished by the Owner. B. References to "the Owner" shall mean KeyBank. DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011000 SUMMARY A. Special Work Requirements: 1. Comply with, all design and construction requirements of the Building Owner. Notify Architect immediately in the event that Owner's requirements conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Use of Premises: Conform to the requirements of the Owner. B. Separate Work: 1. Items noted "NIC" (Not In Contract) or F010, will be furnished and installed by others. 2. Perform work so as to allow the performance of work by other contractors. F010 and NIC items are indicated on the Drawings. C. Owner Furnished Contractor Installed Products: 1. The Owner will furnish various products as indicated on the Drawings and/or specified in the technical Sections. FOIC items are indicated on the Drawings. 2. Owner's Responsibilities for Owner Furnished Products: a. Arrange for and deliver shop drawings, product data, and samples, where required, to Contractor. b. Arrange and pay for product delivery to Owner's storage facility, unless otherwise specified. c. On delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor. d. Submit claims for transportation damage. e. Arrange for replacement of damaged, defective, or missing items. f. Arrange for manufacturers' warranties, inspections, and service. 3. Contractor's Responsibilities for Owner Furnished Products: a. Review shop drawings, product data, and samples, as requested, and as necessary to facilitate installation. b. Receive and unload products at the Owner's storage facility; inspect for completeness and damage; transport from the warehouse to the site, and unload products. c. Handle, store, install and finish products, in compliance with Contract Documents and manufacturer's instructions, as applicable. d. Repair or replace items damaged by Work of this Contract. e. Coordinate all work required to accommodate Owner furnished items. 4. Coordinate use of the site with the Owner and the building owner. D. Coordination: 1. Coordinate work to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. 2. Coordinate space requirements for mechanical and electrical systems. 3. Execute cutting and patching to integrate elements of the Work. Remove ill -timed and defective work and replace with new work conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Seal penetrations through floors, walls, and ceilings. 013119 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Preconstruction Meeting: Prior to the start of work, Contractor and Architect shall meet to determine the exact sequencing and phasing of construction. B. Progress Meetings: Attend progress meetings called by the Owner or the Architect throughout the progress of the work. C. Convene a pre - installation meeting when it is specified for a certain portion of the Work. Require attendance of entities directly affecting, or affected by, the work of the Section. D. General Contractor is responsible for all meeting agendas, minutes, and distribution thereof. 013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES, SCHEDULES AND SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submittal Procedure: 1. Identify deviations from Contract Documents. 2. Review and sign each submittal prior to submittal to Architect. 3. Unless specified otherwise, submit the number of submittals the Contractor requires, plus two which will be retained by Architect. 4. Transmit each item to Architect unless directed otherwise. Include project name, Contractor name, subcontractor or supplier name, and drawing sheet, detail number, or specification section number corresponding to the submittal as appropriate. 5. Make submittals as required to cause no delay in the Work. Allow sufficient time for possible revision and resubmittal of rejected submittals. 6. Revise and resubmit rejected submittals as required to obtain approval. B. Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Submit shop drawings in the form of electronic copies or 2 legible right- reading copies. b. Unless specified otherwise, shop drawings shall show quantities, materials, methods of assembly, adjacent construction, dimensions, and other appropriate information to fully illustrate the work. 2. Product Data: a. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options and other data; supplement manufacturer's standard data to provide information unique to the work. b. Submit the number of copies which Contractor requires, plus 2 copies which will be retained by Architect. 3. Samples: a. Submit samples as specified in the technical sections. b. Include identification on each sample giving full information. c. Submit three samples, one of which will be retained by Architect, unless indicated otherwise in the technical section. C. Certificates: Submit the original signed version to Architect. 014500 QUALITY CONTROL A. Standards: 1. Comply with industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. 2. Perform work to meet or exceed the requirements of applicable codes, ordinances, laws, regulations, safety orders, and directives from authorities having jurisdiction over the work. 3. Accessibility: Equipment, accessories, and work shall be in accordance with Federal, State and local codes with respect to handicap accessibility, and with The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). The more restrictive code shall apply. 4. Perform work with persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. 5. Install products in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Where conflict exists between manufacturer's recommendations and the specified requirements, notify Architect immediately. B. Examination Prior to Installation: 1. Prior to starting work of each trade or location, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work may properly commence. Notify the Architect of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. 2. Do not begin installation until unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. C. Testing Laboratory Services: 1. The Owner will arrange for the services of an Independent testing laboratory to inspect and test portions of the Work to verify compliance with the Contract Documents. Reports of all inspections and tests shall be submitted to the Architect for review. 2. Contractor's Responsibilities: a. Cooperate with testing laboratory personnel, and furnish access, tools, samples, certifications, test reports, design mixes, equipment, storage, and assistance as requested by the testing laboratory. b. Notify Architect and testing laboratory 48 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing. When tests or inspections cannot be performed, through the fault of the Contractor, reimburse the Owner for the additional costs incurred. c. Remove and replace all work found not complying with the Contract Documents. Remedies shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents and code requirements. d. If initial tests and inspections indicate deficient work, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the costs of all subsequent tests and inspections related to the deficiency. e. All damage which may occur to the work as a result of normal testing operations shall be repaired to match surrounding surfaces. f. Schedule testing and inspection so that the work of testing and inspection personnel will be as continuous and brief as possible. 3. Tests and inspections shall be in accordance with code requirements. 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS A. Temporary Utilities: Provide temporary utilities, services, and construction as necessary to perform the work. Coordinate temporary facilities and controls with Owner and the Landlord. 1. Electricity: Connect to existing service. Owner will pay costs of energy used. Take measures to conserve energy. 2. Lighting: Permanent lighting may be used during construction. Provide additional temporary lighting as necessary. 3. Heating and Ventilation: Permanent system may be used. Owner will pay for the cost of energy used. 4. Telephone. Coordinate with the Owner. 5. Water: Utilize existing facilities. Owner will pay for water used. B. Controls: 1. Dust Control: Provide temporary enclosures as necessary to prevent penetration of dust into occupied areas separate from work areas, damage to operating systems and components, and to create environmental conditions necessary for the proper installation of materials and systems. 2. Noise Control: Provide necessary precautions as required by the owner. C. Maintain pedestrian and vehicular access to site and within site to provide uninterrupted access: 1. To temporary construction facilities, storage and work areas. 2. For use by persons and equipment involved in construction of Project. 3. For use by emergency vehicles. 4. To minimize impact on adjacent operations. D. Fire Safety: Comply with applicable provisions of UFC Article 87 for fire safety during demolition and construction operations. E. Temporary Construction: 1. Obtain approval from the Building Owner for modifications to existing systems or facilities not indicated. 2. Remove temporary systems or facilities when use is no longer required. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary systems or facilities. F. Construction Cleaning: 1. Control accumulation of waste materials and rubbish. Periodically dispose of off -site. 2. Maintain areas free of dust and other contaminants during finishing operations. 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. Delivery, Storage, and Handling: 1. Transport and handle products by methods to avoid product damage. 2. Manufactured products shall remain in manufacturer's containers or packaging, stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, until ready for installation. B. General Installation Requirements 1. Unless indicated or specified otherwise, install each product in accordance with the product manufacturer's instructions. 2. Distribute copies of manufacturer's instructions to parties involved in the installation. 3. Maintain one set of complete instructions at the job site during installation and until completion. 4. Protect installed components and products from damage. Components and products which are damaged shall be replaced or repaired to like -new condition. C. Product Options 1. Product Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Provide product meeting those standards. 2. Product Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with an "or approved" provision: Use specified product or submit a request for substitution in accordance with the specified substitution requirements. When approved a substitute product may be used. 3. Product Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers, Without a Provisions for Substitution: No substitution will be allowed, except as specified under the Article on Substitutions. D. Product Options and Substitutions: 1. Fumish products specified, except where "or approved" is used; substitute products may be submitted to Architect for approval. 2. Substitutions will be considered only for the following reasons: a. A product becomes unavailable due to no fault of the Contractor. b. A substitute product will be in Owner's best interest by providing a cost savings or schedule benefit. 3. Document each substitution request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with contract documents. 4. A substitution request constitutes a representation that Contractor: a. Has investigated proposed product and has determined that it meets or exceeds performance of the specified product, in all respects. b. Shall provide the same warranty for substitution as for specified product. c. Will coordinate installation and make other changes which may be required for work to be complete in all respects. d. Waives claims for additional costs that may subsequently become apparent. e. Agrees to pay all costs of redesign related to the substitution. 5. The Architect will determine acceptability of proposed substitution, and will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection within a reasonable time. 017329 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. B. Repair existing surfaces and construction as necessary to make Work complete, with all components matching and consistent, so as to conceal transition from existing to new work. Provide a smooth, even, and invisible transition to new construction. When finished surfaces are cut so that an invisible transition with new work is not possible, terminate existing surface along the nearest break line, joint, or corner. C. Major patching procedures shall be reviewed with the Building Owner, prior to proceeding. 017700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Final Cleaning: 1. Thoroughly clean all surfaces prior to final acceptance. 2. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. B. Closeout Procedures: 0 1. Comply with procedures stated in General Conditions of the Contract for Substantial and Final Completion. 2. Owner's Review and Punchlist: Upon substantial completion, all work under this Contract shall be complete and ready for Owner's review.. 3. Submit all certificates of approval issued by the governing authorities, including Certificate of Occupancy. 4. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted contract sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. C. Project Record Documents: 1. Maintain a complete set of record drawings which clearly and neatly indicate exact installed locations of items that will be concealed in the work such as conduit, piping, ducts, reinforcing, mechanical and electrical equipment, and similar items. Show all changes from the contract documents, and all uncovered existing conditions that will be subsequently concealed. 2. Record drawings shall be used for no other purpose and shall be stored separately from those used for construction. 3. Documents shall be in same format as the Construction Documents. 4. At Contract Closeout, submit documents with transmittal letter containing date, Project title, Contractor's name and address, list of documents, and signature of Contractor. 5. Provide Record Drawing Storage Tube constructed from 4" plastic pipe with end caps and provision for wall mounting. Mount on wall in Stockroom at location as directed by the Architect. D. Submittals: In addition to submittals required by the Conditions of the Contract, and submittals required by Section 013300, furnish submittals required by governing authorities, and submit a final statement of accounting giving total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Submit complete data for each piece of equipment and component used in the work. 2. Submit operation and maintenance data for mechanical and electrical systems. 3. Arrange in a binder with a section for each system. F. Warranties, Guarantees and Bonds: (two copies required, separate binders): 1. • Submit manufacturer warranties. 2. Furnish written guarantee, from each subcontractor performing work covered by the additional guarantee requirements specified in the technical sections. Unless specified or approved otherwise, the guarantee shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion. Each guarantee shall be signed, and: a. State that the work under guarantee was installed in accordance with the Contract Documents. b. State the work will be free from defects in workmanship and material for the period of time specified. c. State that defects will be promptly repaired without additional cost to the Owner. G. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials: Furnish products, spare parts, and maintenance materials in quantities specified in each Section, in addition to that used for construction of Work. Coordinate with Owner; deliver to Project Site and obtain receipt prior to final payment. DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS 024119 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. Notify the Owner prior to commencing demolition work. B. Demolish in an orderly and careful manner as required to accommodate the work. Where demolition exceeds that indicated, verify such demolition with the Architect and the Landlord prior to proceeding. C Protect existing structural members. Contact the Architect prior to modifying structural members beyond the extent indicated. Cease operations and notify the Architect immediately if continued demolition operations might endanger the existing structure. D. During demolition operations, notify the Architect of all conditions which differ substantially from those indicated, specified, or expected. Perform no demolition in such areas, unless approved by the Architect. E. Provide temporary shoring as required to support existing construction against movement or overload during demolition operations, until permanent supports are in place. F. Except where noted or specified otherwise. Take possession of materials being demolished. and immediately remove from site G. Carefully remove materials and components to be salvaged or reused at this location. Contact the Owner to determine which items will be claimed. Temporarily store salvage materials and transport them as directed by the Owner H. Provide a smooth, even, and invisible transition to new construction. When finished surfaces are cut so that an invisible transition with new work is not possible, terminate existing surface along the nearest break line, joint, or corner. Saw cut concrete, including trenches for new conduit and piping in floor slabs I. Repair all demolition performed in excess of that required, at no additional cost to the Owner J. Utility Line Demolition: 1. Verify locations of existing utilities prior to demolition. 2. Abandoned underslab conduit shall be cut off below the finished surface line, and all conductors shall be removed. Patch and fill the opening flush with the finish. 3. Abandoned electrical conductors shall be removed back to the branch circuit panel, unless indicated otherwise. Abandoned conduit which is exposed and readily accessible shall be removed. Leave abandoned conduit which is concealed in existing construction to remain. 4. Abandoned underslab piping shall be removed and cut off flush with the floor line. Patch flush with the floor. 5. Abandoned piping which is exposed and readily accessible shall be removed. Leave abandoned piping which is concealed in existing construction to remain. Cap all exposed ends. 6. Indicate location of disconnected utilities on the Project Record Drawings as specified in Division 01. K. Leave site in a condition acceptable to the Owner at all times. Remove demolished materials from site daily as work progresses. Do not overload existing structure with demolished materials. L. Acoustical Ceiling Demolition Requirements: Where mineral fiber acoustical ceiling panels are indicated for removal, such panels shall be kept separate from other debris and delivered for reclamation in accordance with Armstrong World Industries Inc. Ceilings Reclamation Program (800/448- 1405), or other plan for recycling mineral fiber products. M. Wall Covering: Remove existing wall covering from all surfaces indicated for new wall covering materials. Use techniques to minimize damage to substrate; repair all damage and leave ready for repriming or sizing as specified in Section 099000. N. Removal of Bonded Floor Finishes: 1. Scrape, grind and otherwise remove existing floor finish and bonding materials as necessary to receive new floor finishes. 2. Prepared surface shall present a uniform flat surface ready to receive the new floor finishes free of telegraphing and other surface irregularities. 3. New floor finishes shall not be installed over existing floor finish materials unless approved otherwise. DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE 030013 CONCRETE A. General: 1. Section Includes: a. Cast in place concrete. b. Reinforcing REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 13 2011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Products: 1. Unless specified otherwise, conform to ACI 301. 2. Concrete Materials: a. Cement: ASTM C150, normal - Type 1 portland cement; grey color. b. Normal Weight Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33; severe weather exposure. 3. Reinforcing: As indicated on the Drawings; where not indicated, furnish as follows. a. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM C615, grade 40, unless indicated otherwise. b. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, and Spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcement during installation and placement of concrete. c. Fabricate as indicated and in accordance with ACI 315. 4. Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A. 5. Concrete Mix: a. Mix concrete in accordance with ASTM C94. b. All concrete shall contain water reducing admixture. c. Provide concrete with a water /cement ratio of 0.45 or lower at all interior slabs. d. Use white cement and /or colorant as necessary to match adjacent surfaces where concrete patches will be exposed to view in the in the finished work. .. b ti oso RECEIVED MAR 012011 PERMIT CENTER • CALLISON 0 MM° 1= CO ■ ■ W • 0 ANDOVER PARK 275 Andover 0 41 ISSUED 1 REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02125111 LJAPralec lKeytkoldWaelingbarilAnck varPirldeadd Dover Park- Sppeafl tlo TSLdwp 2123/11 1241 PM COPYRIGHT Q 2011 CALLISON Architectural Specifications A -90'1 9 10 C. Execution 1. Formwork and Screeds: Place as indicated and as necessary to retain cast -in -place concrete pad. Coordinate placement of mechanical isolators. 2. Reinforcement: Place as indicated; where not indicated, place as follows at locations where existing reinforcing has been cut or demolished, and where slabs have been penetrated full depth for trenching or similar applications.. a. Dowel into existing slab at minimum 12 inches on center but in not less than 2 places along long side of concrete patch area. b. Place, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. c. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on the drawings at points of minimum stress. 3. Slabs: a. Slab Finish: Full trowel. b. Slab Tolerances: Slabs: Class A in accordance with ACI 301. c. Bedding and Backfill for Utility Trenches: 1) Place a minimum of 6 inches of bedding material in the trench to fully support the utility line 2) Place fill surrounding the utility line. 3) Hand tamp fill materials. 4. Other Concrete Surfaces: Install bonding agent to existing concrete surfaces; form as necessary; install and finish to match existing adjacent surfaces. 5. Curing: Use waterproof sheet material; wet cure for a minimum 7 days 035416 HYDRAULIC CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT A. General 1 Section Includes: a. Underlayments as necessary for leveling of cast -in -place concrete slabs to meet specified tolerances. b. Ramps and tapers as necessary to correct levels between dissimilar finishes. 2. Submittals: Manufacturer's product data and installation instructions. 3. Environmental Requirements: Maintain surface and ambient temperature of between 50 and 80 degrees F for 24 hours before, during, and 24 hours after underlayment installation. B. Products 1. Self Leveling Underlayment System: Self- leveling, pourable, cement based material, minimum 28 day compressive strength 2,000 psi; minimum bond strength 200 psi; one of the following. a. Mapei Corporation "Ultraplan 1 Plus ". b. Ardex Inc. "K -15" Self- Leveling Underlayment Concrete. c. Koester American Corporation "VAP -1 Level Pro." d. ProSpec "Level Set 300." e. Laticrete International, Inc. "Laticrete 86 LatiLevel Thin Pour Underlayment." f. Raeco "SLU," "SLU Fast - Set," or "UIta- Light." 2. Trowelable Underlayment System: a. Mapei Corporation "Mapecem 100" or "Planitop 10 ". b. Ardex Inc. "SD -P" Fast - Setting Underlayment. c. Koester American Corporation "VAP -1 Level Pro Finish." d. ProSpec "Trowel Grade Underlayment." e. Laticrete International, Inc. "Laticrete 220 Medium Bed Mortar mixed with "Laticrete 3701 Latex Mortar Admix." f. Tamms Industries Co. "Thin Patch." g. Raeco "R -50 Latex Mortar Overlayment." 3. Accessories: Furnish primers, patching compounds, and sand fillers as recommended by the underlayment manufacturer for the conditions of the project. C. Execution 1. With the exception of areas where leveling can be accomplished by use of latex underlayment, as specified in other sections, install cementitious underlayment to concrete slabs as indicated on the Drawings, and as necessary to level slabs or bring substrates to proper elevation. 2. Application a. Install trowelable underlayment at locations where slopes are indicated and at other locations as appropriate to installation conditions; install self leveling underlayment at other locations as necessary to correct slab flatness and levelness. b. Set screeds, markers, and reference blocks. Set screeds at all construction and control joints to establish weakened plane joints in underlayment. c. Install patching compounds; where subsequent finishing of the material is required, float to level surface. Do not trowel. d. Apply primer to all areas to receive underlayment; repeat application if necessary to achieve proper build. e. Mix materials and pour or pump and squeegee into place to achieve appropriate thickness. At areas to receive cork tile flooring, provide fill thickness as necessary to align cork flooring with adjacent floor surfaces. f. Finish to a smooth level surface and cure. 3. As work proceeds, clean up excess materials, rubbish, and splash. DIVISION 04 - MASONRY Not Used DIVISION 05 - METALS 051200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING A. • General 1. Section Includes: Structural steel elements as indicated on the Structural Drawings. 2. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, spacing, and locations of structural members, connections, attachments, fasteners, cambers, and loads. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols. 3 Quality Assurance: a. Work shall comply with AISC Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings, including the "Commentary of the AISC Specification." b. The work of this Section is subject to Owner paid testing and inspection. c. Use only AWS certified welders. B. Products: 1. Materials: As indicated on the Structural Drawings. 2. Accessories: a. Welding Materials: AWS DI.1; type required for materials being welded. b. Non - Shrink Grout: Master Builders "Embeco," Sonneborn "Ferrolith G," or approved. 3. Primers: Fabricator's option. 4. Fabrication: In accordance with AISC and AWS Standards. C. Execution 1. Temporary Shoring and Bracing: Provide as required with connections of sufficient strength to bear imposed loads. Remove temporary members when permanent members are in place and final connections are made. 2. Tolerances: Maximum deviation form plumb, level, and alignment shall not exceed 1 to 500. 3. Touch -up Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections and abraded areas. Paint all exposed surfaces with specified primer. 054000 COLD- FORMED METAL FRAMING A. General 1. Summary: Lightgage structural steel metal framing at new facade. 2. System Description: a. Configuration: 1) Provide framing of depth indicated on the Drawings. 2) Where stud gage is indicated on the Drawings, provide studs of indicated or heavier gage. 3) Where stud spacing is indicated on the Drawings, provide additional studs or closer spacing as necessary to meet design requirements. 4) In addition to cold formed metal framing, provide structural steel members as required to support the loads imposed. 3. Submittals: a. Shop Drawings: 1) Indicate typical and special details, including component details, framing openings, bearing, anchorage, loading, temporary bracing, welds, type and location of mechanical fasteners and accessories or items required of other work for complete installation. 2) Indicate framing layouts. b. Quality Assurance: 1) The work of this section is subject to testing and inspection as specified in 014500. 2) Use only welders certified by the Washington Association of Building Officials. 3) Regulatory Requirements: Framing system shall meet the requirements of the jurisdictional code authorities. B. Products 1. Components: a. Cold Formed Light -gage Steel Framing: ASTM A653.; types as indicated on the structural drawings; G90 galvanized coating. b. Screws: ASTM C954; self drilling, self tapping; pan head; galvanized or fluoropolymer coated steel. c. Zinc Rich Touch -up Paint: "Gals- weld ", "Galvican ", "ZRC Cold Galvanized Compound ", or approved. C. Execution 1. Installation: a. Install lightgage structural framing in accordance with ASTM C1007, unless indicated or specified otherwise. b. Erect metal framing as indicated in accordance with the approved shop drawings. c. Screw or weld each joint. Welds shall be in accordance with AWS DI.3. d. Metal framing members shall be saw or shear cut. No torch cutting is permitted. e. Construct corners with a minimum of 3 studs per corner. f. Frame both sides of expansion and seismic joints. Do not bridge joints with system components or accessories. Provide framing as required to form solid backing for all edges of exterior sheathing, and trim accessories. Frame both sides of control joints in portland cement plaster. h. Tolerances: 1) Plumbness: Plumb within 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 2) Location: Located within 1/4 inch of the required location. 3) Alignment: Stud and runner faces to receive finish materials shall not vary greater than 1/8 inch from the required plane, with no abrupt jogs or breaks in plane. 4) Level: Level within 1/8 inch in 10 feet. i. Erect studs in one piece full length. Splicing and wire tying of framing components shall not be used. j. Touch -up field welds and scratched or damaged galvanizing with zinc rich paint. k. Attach cross studs or furring channels to studs for attachment of wall mounted items. I. Install framing between studs for attachment of electrical boxes and other mechanical and electrical items. g. 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS A. General 1. Section Includes: Steel fabrications indicated on the Architectural Drawings and not specified in other sections. 2. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. B. Products 1. Steel Plate, Bars, Shapes: ASTM A36. 2. Tubes: ASTM A500 or A501. 3. Pipe: ASTM A53, seamless, Type S, plain end; schedule 40 unless indicated otherwise. 4. Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A307 5. Fabrication; Items to be Concealed from View: Fabricate as detailed; ease sharp edges. Furnish unfinished unless otherwise indicated. C. Execution: Install metal fabrications in accurate locations shown. Unless indicated otherwise, fabrications shall be installed plumb and level. 055975 BOLLARD COVERS A. General: 1. Section Includes: Plastic sleeves for steel pipe bollards. 2. Product Data: Mark as necessary to define size and color proposed. 3. Sample: Color chip or actual sample of plastic in color proposed for the work. B. Products: 1. Manufacturer: IDEAL SHIELD (Detroit, MI; 877 - 325 -0769) 2. Plastic Sleeve: Polyethylene Thermoplastic (HDPE) tubes; UV- resistant: minimum thickness 0.125 inches. Size covers for pipe diameters. a. Diameter: Match pipe diameter. b. Sleeve height: Match bollard height with allowance for trimming. c. Sleeve Color: Match Pantone 1795 (red) d. Surface of sleeve shall be smooth with round top: C. Execution: Install with manufacturers neoprene adhesive tape per manufacturers installation guidelines. DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 061000 ROUGH CARPENTRY A. General 1. Section Includes: Blocking and nailers. B. Products 1. Dimension Lumber. a. In accordance with PS 20; graded in accordance with WWPA, WCLB, or NLGA, grading rules; "Utility - Light Framing," or better. b. Moisture Content: Kiln dried to 19% maximum. c. Species: Hem -Fir, Spruce- Pine -Fir (SPF), or Douglas Fir Larch. 2. Plywood: a. Concealed: APA Rated Sheathing; CD grade; Exterior; plywood, 3/4 inch thickness unless otherwise; indicated. b. Terminal Backboards: APA BC grade with grade B side out; fire retardant treated. 3. Fire Retardant Treat all interior concealed lumber and plywood. a. Treated wood materials shall bear a UL "FR -S" label, or a label from an approved inspection agency certifying that the material meets the requirements of AWPA C -20 Type A for lumber and AWPA C -27 Type A for plywood. b. Treated lumber shall be kiln dried to a maximum moisture content of 19 %; treated plywood shall be kiln dried to a maximum moisture content of 15 %. 4. Fasteners: a. For Attachment of Blocking to Metal Studs: USG type S -12 trim head screws; 1 -5/8 inch long. b. G -185 galvanized coating or stainless steel fasteners at treated wood locations. c. Other Applications: As appropriate to conditions. C. Execution 1. Provide blocking, backing and shims, as indicated. 2. Install blocking to receive mechanical fasteners for support of electrical fixtures and equipment, cabinets, doorstop plates, wood base, wainscots, coat hooks, and all other wall and ceiling mounted components, unless specified otherwise. 3. 2x wood or plywood may be used in lieu of sheet metal backing where approved. For attachment of plywood backing, kerf plywood 1/4" (3/8 ", maximum if required for heavy gage studs) to receive flange return (or crimp the return closed); provide supplementary sheet metal angle attached to back of stud where necessary to support backing. Screws into edge of plywood are unacceptable. 4. Backing: a. Install plywood backing at locations of wall- mounted standards, shelving and counters. b. Backing shall be mounted over face of studs beneath gypsum board and shall be continuous over entire plane of wall; 1/2 inch thickness. c. Secure backing with edges on firm bearing. 5. Plywood Terminal Backboard: Mechanically apply with countersunk fasteners through gypsum board to framing. Apply 2 coats of white fire retardant paint in accordance with Sec plywood fire rating stamp unpainted. 062000 FINISH CARPENTRY A. General 1. Section Includes: a. Plywood video screen backer. 2. Submittals: a. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles and extents. 3. Quality Assurance: Unless specified otherwise, perform work in accordance with AWS "Custom" grade standards. ion - TIP V1- M .l CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 13 2011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION B. Products 1. Hardwood Plywood: Hardwood Veneer Plywood: 1/16 inch alder and /or birch veneer core; 13 ply /3/4 inch thickness; maple, alder, or yellow birch veneer faces, plain sliced; one of the following. a. States Industries (Eugene, OR; 800 - 843 -2753) "Apple Ply." b. Columbia Forest Products (Klamath Falls OR; 800 - 701 - 7903); "Europly." 2. Fasteners: USG type S -12 trim head screws; 1 -5/8 inch long. 3. Fabrication: a. Mill to profiles indicated. b. Video Wall Monitor Backer: Trim to size indicated; fill edges; ease exposed arrises to uniform 1/16 inch radius. C. Execution 1. Fastening: a. Install straight, true, level, plumb, and firmly anchored in place; coordinate as necessary ensure proper placement of backing and blocking, and proper anchorage of finish carpentry items into blocking or framing.. b. Set screws, putty, and sand level as necessary to conceal fasteners. 2. Sand and finish or refinish as necessary to conceal field cuts. 3. Finish: As indicated on the drawings and in accordance with Section 099000. 064100 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK A. General 1. Section Includes: a. Recladding of existing teller line and back counter casework. b. Recladding of existing teller line gate. c. Plastic laminate millwork teller line accessible transaction ledge. d. Teller window security wickets. e. Recladding of existing vault casework. f. Coordination and installation of Owner furnished casework. 2. Submittals a. Shop Drawings: Indicate configurations, dimensions, construction details, materials, finishes grain direction (as appropriate), and colors. Indicate glass wicket sizes and installation details. b. Samples: Plastic laminate; 4" x 6 ", minimum, sample of each color and pattern proposed for the work. 3. Fabricator Requirements: A minimum of 5 years experience in production of custom casework of the type specified. B. Products 1. Lumber: As required to match specified AWS construction grade. a. Concealed Framing Lumber: Pine, fir, hemlock, poplar, or other species as approved. b. Moisture Content: Optimum per AWS recommendations. 2. Plastic Laminate: a. Exposed: NEMA LD -3, general purpose and vertical grade as specified; brands and colors as scheduled on the drawings. b. Backing Sheets: NEMA LD -3; backing grade; undecorated. 3. Particle Board: ANSI A208.1; grade M -2 (medium density); formaldehyde free. 4. Panel Products: Match existing. 5. Glass Security Wicket Assembly: a. Manufacturer: Accel Group (Wadsworth OH; 800 - 747 - 0317). b. Wicket: KYTLR150 "Teller Glass Pass Thru "; custom size to fit teller window; end panel finish to match casework cladding at all exposed surfaces. 6. Accessories: a. Paint and Stain Systems: As scheduled, or as necessary to match existing. b. Furnish fasteners, finishes, adhesives, hardware, and accessories as indicated on the Drawings and as necessary to complete the work. 7. Fabrication: a. Fabricate new components as detailed in accordance with AWI Quality Standards V10, Section 400; "Custom" grade, as appropriate to the work. b. Shop finish new components to the greatest reasonable extent. c. Exposed Surfaces: Plastic laminate clad with matching self edging; backing grade at underside of counter. C. Execution 1. Refacing of Existing Teller Line and Back Counter Casework; Existing Teller Line Gate; and Existing Vault Casework. a. Remove hardware and other items as necessary to prepare for installation of new plastic laminate. b. Scuff sand existing surface to provide proper surface for adhesive. c. Install with grain direction as indicated. d. Make all joints neat and hairline; bevel self -edge and laminate comers to uniform 22 degree angle. e. Remove adhesive from finish surfaces. 2. Install new components as detailed, using materials and techniques to conceal fastenings, and to match existing construction to the greatest reasonable extent. 3. Mount transaction counter brackets through to framing or blocking. 4. Coordinate with electrical work and with other trades as necessary to integrate adjacent finishes. 068200 GLASS - FIBER - REINFORCED PLASTIC A. General 1. Section Includes: a. Glass fiber reinforced resin fabrications. b. Architectural Fiberglass Cornice. 2. Design Requirements: a. Architectural fiberglass cornice and fastening system shall be designed, engineered, fabricated, and installed to conform to state and local codes, and Architect's design. 3. Submittals a. Product Data: Complete published product literature for each material or component being used. b. Shop Drawings: Indicate design load parameters, dimensions, adjacent construction, materials, thicknesses, fabrication details, required clearances, field jointing, tolerances, colors, finishes, methods of support, integration of plumbing components, and anchorages. B. Products 1. Architectural Fiberglass Cornice. a. Glass Fiber and Resin Fabrications: Architectural Fiberglass Inc.; b. Product: Custom KeyBank Cornice. 8300 Bessemer Ave, Cleveland, OH, 44127. Phone (888)483.1775. c. Fiberglass Reinforcement: Glass Mat: Felted material of fibers up to 2 inches in length; 1-1/2 oz. per sq. ft.. 2. Accessories: a. Provide anchors, fasteners, backing and sealant and other accessories for proper installation as recommended by fiberglass fabrication manufacturer 3 Shop Fabrication a. Mold Surface: Smooth. b. Fabricate components with the open mold hand lay -up method. c. Finish other surfaces not in contact with the mold to match the molded surfaces in appearance. d. Finish trim corners and edges. e. Coat exposed surfaces and surfaces in contact with moisture or earth with gel coat of colored resin. f. Custom Pattern /Mockups: Patterns and mockups shall be hand carved and/or CNC machined by skilled pattern makers with minimum of ten (10) years experience with architectural elements. Pattems & mockups shall be available at manufacturing facility for architect's inspection and approval before molds are produced. Custom Molds: Molds shall be produced with ample layers of tooling resin, tooling gel -coat, glass fibers and /or flexible rubber by skilled mold makers with minimum of ten (10) years experience with architectural elements. Produced molds shall have rigidity and thickness to prevent distortion and deflection of molded architectural fiberglass. h. Cornice sections shall be manufactured with sealable lap and/or butt joints. Cornice joints shall be manufactured to accommodate adjoining sections and alignment of cornice surface sections. i. Factory inside corners, outside corners, end returns, and unique transition sections shall be shop fabricated. Field comer fabrication will not be permitted. j. Coordinate miscellaneous cutouts required for vents, drainage, and other comice obstructions /penetrations. k. Identify each architectural fiberglass piece with a permanent serial number. I. Number cornice parts to coordinate with shop drawings. 4. Finish: a. Color: KeyBank FRP Stone Cast. b. Exposed to view Surface Texture: FRP Stone Cast. g. C. Execution 1. Examination: a. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work and dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings. 1) Carefully observe and verify field conditions that substrates are ready for installation of architectural fiberglass cornice. Contractor shall verify on site dimensions with shop drawings and assume full responsibility for fitting the components to the structure. 2) Verify that bearing surfaces are true and level. 3) Verify that support framing has been constructed to allow accurate placement, alignment and connection of architectural fiberglass cornice to structure. 4) Report discrepancies between design dimensions and field dimensions, which could adversely affect cornice installation, to the Architect and /or Owner's Representative. 5) Do not proceed with installation until discrepancies are corrected, or until installation requirements are modified and approved by the Architect and / or Owner's Representative. 6) Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions and fiberglass materials 2. Installation: a. Install fabrications in accordance with shop drawings and fabricator's instructions. 1) Install architectural fiberglass cornice in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings. 2) Erect required connection blocking, framing, and cornice, plumb, square, and true to line and level to substrate. Recess blocking or notch continuous blocking behind each panel joint per manufacturer's instructions. The installer shall supply connectors, blocking and framing approved by cornice manufacturer. 3) Fill cornice cavity with fire safing as indicated on the drawings Dlhos RECEIVED MAR 012011 PERMIT CENTER 430 CALLISON 0 0c 40 a = aW ANDOVER PARK 0 co ca 1 0 0 a) 0 0 mum/ REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02125111 L JAPrgliedzlKeySanlaWashIngtonlA rdoverPR MCadd douar P ark - Spedlkztbns TE.dwp 223/11 1241 PM COPYRIGHT Q 2011 CALLISON Architectural Specifications A -902 9 10 4) Space joints according to shop drawings, not less than 1 /8" and not greater than 3/8 ". Prepare joints by lightly sanding /cleaning and filling joints with a continuous bead of specified sealant as work progresses to make a weather tight joint. Carefully monitor ambient temperatures at time of installation to prevent excessive expansion and contraction of panels during sealant application. 5) Do not field cut cornice where the finish cannot be field restored. Installer may repair small unnoticeable finish repairs with manufacturer's supplied colored gel -coat patching material. 6) Countersink all exposed fasteners and repair with manufacturer's supplied colored gel -coat patching material. Repairs shall be made with care to be undetectable. 3. Tolerance: a. Maximum variation from true position: 1/4 inch. b. Maximum Offset from true alignment: 1/8 inch. 4. Cleanup: a. Clean components of foreign material without damaging finished surface. b. Clean fabrications in accordance with fabricator's instructions. 5. Protection: a. Comply with manufacturer recommendations and instructions. DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 070150 MAINTENANCE OF MEMBRANE ROOFING A. General 1. Section Includes: Patching of existing roof only as required to accommodate new construction and to develop proper drainage patterns. 2. Submittals: a. Shop Drawings: 1) Submit shop drawings for patching and repair work which alters existing drainage patterns. 2) Indicate drainage layout, pattern of laying, roof insulation pattern, and base flashing details. 3. Quality Assurance: a. Qualifications of Installers: 1) As required to maintain the warranty of the existing roof system. 2) Minimum of 5 years experience; use only competent and skilled roofers familiar with the products and the manufacturer's current recommended methods of installation. B. Products 1. Materials: Unless approved otherwise, new materials shall match the existing materials. C. Execution 1 Protection: a. Protect existing construction adjacent to hoist and kettles prior to starting work. 1) Lap suitable protective material at least 3 inches. 2) Secure protective coverings against wind. 3) Leave protective covering in place for duration of roofing work. b. Leave protective coverings in place for the duration of the work. c. Restore to original condition or replace work or materials damaged during handling of bitumens and roofing materials. 2. Removal of Existing Roofing and Flashing Systems: a. Remove existing roofing and flashing systems to accommodate new roofing and flashing systems. b. Remove existing systems to expose substrates. Clean and prepare surfaces in manner required for installation of new systems. c. Remove resulting materials from roofing areas and jobsite on the same day they are removed. Dispose of in a legal manner. d. Provide chutes, tarps, and other materials to prevent damaging or staining of building components that are to remain. e. Existing surfaces shall be made smooth, firm, dry, and free from dirt, foreign materials, sharp projections, or voids. 3. Patching of Existing Roof: a. Provide new materials as required to form a complete and continuous roof assembly. b. Provide additional tapered construction as required to form new non - ponding drainage patterns around new construction. Coordinate the placement of new drains. c. Seal off all roof areas at the end of each work day. d. Perform work in accordance with the guarantee requirements of the existing roof assembly. Contact the Owner to verify guarantee requirements. 072117 FIBROUS BUILDING INSULATION A. General 1. Section Includes: Thermal batt and blanket insulation. B. Products 1. Unfaced Batt and Blanket Insulation: ASTM C665, Type I; preformed unfaced glass fiber batts; flame spread of 25 or less and smoke developed of 50 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84; ;" formaldehyde free; Johns Manville Corp. "Unfaced Formaldehyde -Free Thermal and Acoustical Fiber Glass Insulation," Knauf Insulation (800- 825 -4434) "EcoBatt," or approved; unfaced fiber glass commercial insulation "; oversize widths for friction -fit between metal framing; thickness as necessary for R -19 thermal resistance value (insulation, only) unless otherwise indicated. 2. Vapor Retarder: CertainTeed Corporation (Valley Forge PA; 610- 341 -7000; 800 - 233 -8990) "MemBrain "; 2 mil polyamide film; flame spread of 50 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. Furnish manufacturer's recommended tape for joint treatment/ C. Execution 1. Install at exterior furred walls and behind exterior spandrels as indicated and as necessary to maintain envelope thermal barrier. 2. At metal stud framing, trim and insert the insulation edges tightly into the stud channels for a friction fit. Provide additional supports as necessary to prevent sliding of batts in the stud cavity. 3. Pack batt insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of window assembly to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. 4. Separate Vapor Retarder Installation: a. Install separate vapor barrier continuous over unfaced insulation; install toward warm side of building spaces. b. At lightgage support framing, secure to studs with double stick tape or spray adhesive. c. Lap joints in vapor barrier 2 inches and tape. 5. Tape seal vapor retarder to adjacent existing vapor retarder wherever practical; tape seal to 075113 BUILT -UP ASPHALT ROOFING A. General: 1. Section Includes: New built -up roofing as required to accommodate new construction as indicated on the drawings. 2. Submittals: a. Product literature: Complete manufacturer's product literature for all roof system components, including insulation. b. Manufacturer approved installation specifications. c. Certifications: 1) Certification that the proposed roofing applicator is approved by the manufacturer of the roofing system. 2) Submit certification that the roofing system proposed meets the fire and wind uplift requirements. 3) Submit manufacturer certifications. d. Shop Drawings: Prior to installation, submit shop drawings showing roof layout, slopes, dimensions and pattern of laying, and roof insulation system. Show all special details. 3. Quality Assurance: a. Qualifications of Installers: Approved by the membrane roofing manufacturer in accordance with warranty requirements. 4. Manufacturer's Guarantee: Prior to acceptance of work, furnish manufacturer's written 10 year unlimited penal sum guarantee executed to the Owner. Guarantee shall include insulation, leaks due to material failure and contractor workmanship, labor and materials; B. Products 1. Match existing roofing manufacturer. 2. Basis of design approved manufacturers: a. Johns Manville Corporation b. Consolidated Fiberglass Products, Inc. "Conglas" c. Celotex 3. Materials: a. Unless approved otherwise, new materials shall match the existing materials. b. Basis of design: 1) Sheet Materials: a) Glass Fiber Felt: ASTM D2178, Type VI. b) Base Sheet: Unless specified otherwise, use type as recommended by the roofing materials manufacturer for the substrate. c) Glass Fiber Cap Sheet: ASTM D3909; color as selected from manufacturer's standard colors. 2) Asphalt Materials: a) Asphalt Bitumen: ASTM D312. b) Asphalt Primer: ASTM D41. c) Plastic Cement: ASTM D2822, cutback asphalt type. d) Emulsion: ASTM D1227, type IV; fibrated. Roof Insulation: a) Foam Insulation: Polyisocyanurate insulation; LTTR R values; fiberglass facers both sides; Factory Mutual Class 1. b) Tapered Insulation: Factory tapered to form an installed minimum slope of 1/4 per foot; approved by the manufacturer of the roofing system; Factory Mutual Class 1. c) Cover Board: 3/4 inch thick fiberglass or perlite rigid board. 4) Accessories: a) Fiber Cants and Tapered Edge Strips: Asphalt impregnated wood fiberboard, preformed to 45 degree angle, unless detailed otherwise. b) Insulation Joint Tape: Asphalt treated glass fiber reinforced; 6 inches wide; self - adhering. c) Sheet Flashing: SBS modified base flashing sheet as recommended by the roofing manufacturer; mineral surfaced. C. Execution 1. Installation: a. Insulation Installation: 1) Install insulation as indicated in accordance with approved shop drawings, and insulation manufacturer's printed instructions. 2) Install first layer of foam insulation with tapered insulation over to form the slopes indicated. 3) Install a top layer of cover board with joints staggered from the insulation below. Hot mop backside of cover board and flip over into position. Firmly bond to insulation substrate to meet wind uplift requirements. 4) Securely butt edges without deformation. Miter board edges at ridges and elsewhere to prevent open joints. 5) Provide a minimum of 2 layers of insulation. 6) Thickness as required to provide a minimum aged R value of 30. b. Crickets, and Edge and Cant Strips: Install in full bed of hot steep asphalt. c. Membrane Installation: Install selected roofing membrane in accordance with the respective manufacturer's published installation specifications. Provide 1 base ply, 3 intermediate plys, and cap sheet surfacing. d. Surfacing: Immediately after installing the cap sheet, cover exposed bitumen, while it is still tacky, with granules matching those embedded in the cap sheet. Roll to obtain embedment. 076200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM A. General 1. Section Includes: a. Sheet metal flashing and trim. b. Flexible flashing and accessories. 2. System Description: a. Provide flashing and trim systems to prevent water leakage to the building interior. b. Fastening systems shall allow for the thermal movement of the materials without buckling, loosening, and leakage. 3. • Submittals: a. Submit three samples representative of finish and color of prefinished flashing materials. b. Submit sample of reglet proposed. c. Shop Drawings: Indicate material, profile, jointing pattern, jointing details, materials, gages, fastening methods, and installation details. 4. Quality Assurance: a. Applicator: Company specializing in sheet metal flashing work with 5 years minimum experience. b. Unless indicated or specified otherwise, perform work in accordance with the recommendations of SMACNA. B. Products 1. Materials: a. Prefinished Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A653 steel sheet with G90 galvanized coating or ASTM A792 steel sheet with AZ60 aluminum /zinc coating; 24 gage unless noted otherwise; factory prefinished with 70 percent resin Kynar 500 or Hylar 5000 coating, custom color as scheduled. b. Stainless Steel: ASTM A167; Type 302 or 304. 2. Accessories: a. Fasteners: 1) Furnish bonded stainless steel / neoprene sealing washers for exposed applications. 2) Finish exposed fasteners to match material being fastened. 3) Material a) Galvanized Steel Sheet: Use galvanized steel or stainless steel. b) Aluminum Sheet and Stainless Steel: Stainless Steel. 4) Use screws when fastening into wood or sheet metal. 5) Use expansion anchors or drive pins when fastening into concrete or masonry. 3. Sealants: a. Butyl Rubber Sealant: One of the following: 1) (Curtain Wall Sealant, by Tremco; 2) (Adcoseal BP -400, by Adco Products, Inc. b. Polyurethane Sealant: one of the following: 1) (Chem -Calk 900, by Bostik Construction Products Division of Emhart; 2) (Dynatrol I, by Pecora Corp; 3) (Sonolastic NP I, by Sonneborn - Contect; 4) (Rubber Caulk 6000, by PRC. c. Plastic Cement: FS SS -C -153, Type I- asphalt base cement. d. Reglets: Types as indicated; galvanized steel or rigid extruded PVC; manufactured by Fry Reglet Co. or approved; ends covered with plastic tape. C. Fabrication 1. General Requirements: a. Field measure site conditions prior to fabricating work. b. Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or defects. c. Fabricate cleats and starter strips of same material as sheet; interlockable with sheet. d. Form pieces in longest practical lengths, except as limited by expansion joint requirements. e. Non - Moving Joints: Shop fabricate to the greatest practical extent. 1) Solder all non - moving shop fabricated joints in steel and stainless steel flashing; weld all non- moving joints in aluminum flashing and trim. 2) Prefinished Galvanized Steel: Lap joints 1 inch, minimum; accurately cut and fit as necessary to maintain profile; embed contact surfaces in sealant; rivet with stainless steel or color matched coated steel pop rivets at 3 to 4 inches o.c. f. Hem exposed edges on underside 1/2 inch; miter and seam corners. g. Shop fabricate corner sections with non - moving corner joints and 18 inch long legs. h. Fabricate vertical faces with bottom edge formed outward 1/4 inch and hemmed to form drip. i. Where sheet metal flashings are shown at opening heads and at other locations where bottom surface of flashing does not rest directly on substrate, fabricate for installation with pitch to drain, minimum 1:12 unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. j. Form seams lapped in the direction of water flow. 2. Fabricate all flashing to detail, in accordance with referenced SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual details, and as specified below. Use minimum 24 gage prefinished galvanized steel sheet unless indicated or specified otherwise. a. Parapet Caps (Copings): Fabricate with slotted holes at 24 inches on center for fastening at the back; standing seam (design J8) joints per Table 3 -1; 22 gage for copings wider than 18 inches. b. Counterflashing and Receivers: Removable type; SMACNA Fig 4 -4 snaplock or screw - retained configuration; shop fabricated comers; crimped ends to permit lapping at end -to -end joints; 1 Inch at receivers; 3 inches at counterflashing. c. Embedded Flashing: Fabricate embedded flashing with provisions for removable counter flashing (SMACNA Figure 4 -4 snaplock or screw - retained configuration; shop fabricated comers). Fabricate all receivers and flashings which are built into brick veneer, precast concrete, cement plaster, and other similar construction, of 24 gage stainless steel. Fully exposed and removable counter flashing which is connected to embedded flashing may be 24 gage prefinished galvanized sheet. Supply embedded flashing to the appropriate installers for installation as a part of their Work. D. Execution 1. Installation: a. Coordinate and sequence flashing installation with the work of other Sections. Furnish flashing to other trades as necessary for installation as a part of the work of other Sections. Use flexible flashing in locations indicated, and under all copings and curb flashings. Install starter and edge strips, and continuous cleats before starting installation. Surface Mounted Reglets: Install true to lines and levels; seal to wall with neoprene gasket; seal top of reglets with polyurethane sealant. Insert counterflashings into receivers to form tight fit; where snap fit is not provided, secure in place with stainless steel sheet metal screws, 16" o.c., maximum. Stagger counterflashing joints with receiver joints Fastening: 1) Copings: Secure using continuous cleats whenever possible. Use exposed fasteners only at the backside of copings, and at other locations not exposed to public view, unless otherwise approved by the Architect. 2) Secure flashings using continuous cleats whenever possible. Use exposed fasteners only in semi - exposed locations, unless approved by the Architect. 3) Fasteners shall be placed at 8 inches on center through slotted holes. 4) For nailing into concrete, drill holes and use plugs. 5) For nailing into wood, use barbed roofing nails, 1 -1/4 inches long by eleven gage. 6) Fit flashings tight in place. Make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes, and lines accurate to profiles. 7) Comply with manufacturer's instructions for installation of surface mounted reglets. 8) Install flashings with provision for plus or minus 1/16 inch thermal movement at each end; provide expansion joints at 12' -0" o.c., maximum. 9) Seal concealed lap joints in with two parallel beads of butyl sealant; use butyl sealant where bedding sealant is indicated or required. 10) Use slip sheet under all flashing with solid backing. b. c. d. e. f. 079200 JOINT SEALANTS A. General 1. Section Includes: a. Sealants for installation at interior non - moving joints, ceramic tile expansion joints necessary to seal joints around casework. 2. Submittals: a. Product literature for each material used. b. Samples: 1) Submit cured samples of each sealant type and color proposed for the work, except that samples of acrylic sealants and white sealants are not required. 2) For each sealant type indicated for "color as selected," or for which no color is indicated, submit color card indicating available stock colors from manufacturer's complete line of pre - formulated colors for each type of sealant. C. b. Type PT: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade P, class 25; Tremco "THC 901 ", Sonneborn "Sonolastic SL 1 ", Pecora "Urexpan NR- 201 ", or approved. c. Type PTNS: ASTM C920, Type M, grade NS, Class 25; Pecora "Dynatred," Tremco "HPL," or approved; standard color as selected from the manufacturer's complete line of pre - formulated colors. d. Type A: ASTM C834; Tremco "Acrylic Latex Caulk," Pecora "AC -20," Sonneborn "Sonolac," or approved; standard colors to match adjacent construction. 2. Accessory Materials: a. Primer: Non - staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. b. Joint Cleaner: Non - corrosive and non - staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. c. Backer Rod: Closed or open cell foam as recommended by the sealant manufacturer for the application; round profile; thickness approximately 130 percent of joint width. d. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. e. Compressible Foam Sealant: Precompressed prefaced self- adhesive open cell polyurethane foam tape; "Backerseal" by Emseal Joint Systems, Ltd., or approved. Execution 1. Preparation: a. Clean and prepare joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remove loose materials and other foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. b. Apply masking tightly around joints to protect adjacent surfaces from excess sealant. c. Prime as required for proper bond to substrate materials. d. Backing Materials: 1) Place backer rod to achieve proper sealant width /depth ratios and to prevent sealant sag. 2) Use bond breaker where there is insufficient depth to use joint filler. 3) Do not use backer rod and bond breaker at joints to receive Type PTNS sealant. 2. Perform work in accordance with ASTM C1193, unless specified otherwise or recommended otherwise by the sealant manufacturer. 3. Joint Depth: a. Sealant beads shall have a sectional width to depth ratio of 2 to 1, unless specified otherwise or recommended otherwise by the sealant manufacturer. b. Install Type PTNS sealant full depth in tile expansion joints with no backer rod. 4. Tooling: a. Tool joints concave, unless indicated or specified otherwise. Finish free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, .ridges, and sags. b. Tool type PTNS sealant to match grout joint. 5. Protect sealant in joints subject to dirt, moisture, and traffic during the sealant curing process. Protection shall be able to resist traffic while remaining securely in position. 6. Schedule: a. Type S: Provide at all exterior joints unless specified otherwise; standard colors as selected by Architect. b. Type PT: Provide at all exterior horizontal joints subject to traffic and abrasion; standard colors as selected by Architect. c. Type PTNS: Install in ceramic and glass tile expansion joints, full depth without backer rod. d. Type A: Provide at interior joints, unless specified otherwise. DIVISION 08 OPENINGS 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES A. B. General 1. Section Includes: a. Hollow metal doors. b. Hollow metal frames for installation of hollow metal doors. Products 1. Frames a. ANSI A250.8; double equal rabbet, unless indicated otherwise. b. Material: Cold- rolled steel, A 1008, 1) Interior: Minimum 16 gage (.053 inch.). 2) Secure Doors: Minimum 14 gage (.067 inch.). c. Accessories: 1) Furnish necessary anchors for jambs, heads, and sills of assemblies. 2) Frame Hardware Reinforcements 3) Mortise hinge reinforcement: minimum 7 gage: Furnish high frequency hinge reinforcement for top hinge on all exterior, cross corridor, and stairwell frames, in accordance with SDI 111 -H. 4) Strike reinforcements: minimum 16 gage. 5) Closer reinforcement: minimum 14 gage. d. Fabrication 1) Cut mortises for butts strikes and other hardware. Projection weld hinge and strike reinforcements to the door frame. Provide adequate reinforcements for other hardware as required. 2) Frames shall be shop assembled; continuous face weld joint between the head and jamb faces. 3) Grind and finish smooth face joints with no visible face seams. 4) Finish: a) Interior: Manufacturer's standard rust inhibitive direct to metal primer. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 13 2011 and tl of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Products 1. Sealants: a. Type S - Neutral Cure Silicone Sealants: 1) Dow Corning, 790 Silicone Building Sealant, or 795 Silicone Structural Glazing and Weatherproofing Sealant. 2) Pecora, 890 Architectural Silicone Sealant. 3) Tremco "Spectrem 1 or 3." C. Doors: a. Face Sheet Material: Cold- rolled steel, A 1008, 14 gage (0.067 inch). b. Core: Polystyrene Minimum 1 pcf polystyrene laminated to both faces. c. Hardware Reinforcements: 1) Hinge reinforcements for full mortise hinges: Minimum 7 gage. 2) Lock reinforcements: Minimum 16 gage 3) Closer reinforcements: .Minimum 14 gage, 20 inches long. d. Finish: 1) Interior: Manufacturer's standard rust inhibitive direct to metal primer. Execution: 1. Installation of Welded Frames: a. Install frames in accordance with SDI -I05, ANSI A250.11, and in accordance with labeling requirements. b. Installation Tolerances: 1) Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 inch measured with straight edge, corner to corner. 2. Installation of Doors is specified in Section 087300. RECEIVED MAR 012011 PERMIT CENTER CALLISON E 0 29 0i: iIM ° 1= 0 SITE: 10-2078 ANDOVER PARK 275. Andover Park West Seattle. WA 98188 ISSUED 1 REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02125/11 LI:1Praie lC eyBankinaahlrebdWxlo verPaideadd dower Perk- Specilicallons lB.,dwp 223111 1241 PM COPYRIGHT Q 2011 CALLISCPI Architectural Specifications A -903 087100 DOOR HARDWARE A. General 1. Section Includes: Hardware for swinging doors. 2. Submittals a. Product and Maintenance Data: Submit for each product indicated. b. Hardware Schedule: Include the following: 1) Type, style, function, size, quantity and finish of hardware items. 2) Name, part number and manufacture of each item. 3) Fastenings and other pertinent information. 4) Explanation of abbreviations, symbols and codes contained in schedule. 5) Door and frame sizes, materials and degrees of swing. c. Templates: Obtain and distribute templates for doors, frames, and other works specified to be prepared for installing door hardware. 3. Quality Assurance: a. Obtain each kind of hardware (Mechanical latch and locksets, exit devices, hinges and closers) from one manufacturer except where specified. b. Supplier Qualifications;: Direct factory contract supplier who employs certified architectural hardware consultant (AHC) available at all reasonable times during the course of the work for project hardware consultation to Owner, Architect and Contractor. c. Pre - Installation Conference: Conduct with supplier, installer and relate d trades. Coordinate materials and techniques and sequence complex hardware items and systems installation. 4. Delivery, Storage and Handling a. Tag each item or package separately, with identification related to the final Door Hardware Schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package. b. Deliver keys to Owner. 5. Warranty: Submit manufacturer's warranties stating hardware items will be free from defects in materials and workmanship as follows, for a period commencing on the date of Substantial Completion. a. Butt hinges: Life of building b. Locks and Latches: 3 years al series; 7 years ND series.. c. Door Closers: 10 years d. Exit Devices: 3 years mechanical; 1 year electrical. B. Products: 1. Manufacturers: As scheduled on the Drawings. 3. Keying: As directed. 4. Hardware Finish: Match existing, unless otherwise scheduled. C. Execution: Specified in Section 087300. D. Hardware Schedule is on the Drawings. 087300 DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTALLATION A. General 1. Section Includes: a. Installation of hardware specified in Section 087100. b. Installation of hollow metal doors. 2. Quality Assurance: Installer shall have not less than 3 years experience specializing in installation of work in this section. Company shall maintain qualified personnel trained and experienced in installing hardware. B. Products: Doors, frames and hardware are specified in other sections. C. Execution 1. Install doors in accordance with the door manufacturer's printed instructions. 2. Install doors plumb and square in associated frames maintaining specified clearances. 3. Unless otherwise specified otherwise in the respective door sections, maintain clearances of 1/8 inch at jambs and heads, 1/8 inch at meeting stiles for pairs of doors, and 1/2 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering, except where threshold is shown or scheduled provide 1/4 -inch clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. 4. Install hollow metal doors in accordance with ANSI A250.8 and HMMA 840. 5. Install doors to operate freely, but not loosely, free from hinge bound conditions, sticking or binding. Do not install in frames which would hinder operation of doors. 6. Ensure doors are free from rattling when in latched position. 7. Finish Hardware Installation a. Install hardware plumb, level and true to line in accordance with manufacturer's templates, printed instructions and Project conditions. b. For substrates which are not factory prepared for hardware: 1) Mortise work to correct size and location without gouging, splintering or causing irregularities in exposed finish work. 2) Fit faces of mortised components snug and flush without excessive clearance. 3) Finish exposed,milled edges to match factory finish. c. Locate hardware on doors to match building standard. For hardware types unique to this project, locate in accordance with DHI standards, unless otherwise indicated. 8. Adjustment And Cleaning a. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door to ensure proper operation of function of every unit. b. Lubricate moving parts with graphite type lubricant unless otherwise recommended by the hardware manufacturer. c. Replace defective materials or units which cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Reinstall items found improperly installed. d. Replace or re -hang doors which are hinge bound and do not swing or operate freely. e. Remove and replace doors which are warped, twisted or which are not in true planes. f. Replace factory finished doors damaged during installation. g. Prior to date of Substantial Completion, readjust and relubricate hardware items as necessary. DIVISION 09 - FINISHES 092200 LIGHTGAGE METAL SUPPORT FRAMING A. General 1. Section Includes: a. Partition framing. b. Steel backing. 2. Design Loads: a. Partitions Without Wall Mounted Casework: 5 psf uniform live lateral load. b. Partitions With Wall Mounted Casework: 5 psf uniform live lateral load, casework dead load, and casework live load of 25 plf of shelf area. c. Seismic Loads: Conform to the requirements of currently enforced edition of the jurisdictional code authorities. d. Deflection Requirements: Typical: L /240, maximum' under applicable design load 3. Quality Assurance: Unless indicated otherwise, perform work in accordance with ASTM C754. B. Products 1. Non -Load Bearing Light Gage Metal Framing: a. Walls, Typical: ASTM C645; galvanized; 1) Studs: minimum 25 gage unless indicated otherwise, or required to meet loading requirements. 2) Top Track: Minimum 20 gage. b. Other Framing Materials: In accordance with ASTM C754. 2. Accessories: a. Screws: Self tapping; low profile head; galvanized. C. Execution 1. Coordinate with Section 081113 and 087100 for installation of door frames and hardware. 2. Runners: Secure runners with fasteners at maximum 24 inches oc. . 3. Top Track: Attach track to overhead structure with allowance for " + / -1/2 inch deflection. 4. Install studs at 16 inches on center, unless otherwise noted or necessary to accommodate blocking, rough opening, and design load requirements. Provide heavier gage studs as necessary to comply with design requirements. 5. Install minimum 20 gage double studs continuous from floor to ceiling track at the jamb of each door frame and cased opening. Provide diagonal steel stud bracing to structure at each jamb at partitions which do not extent to structure. 6. Coordinate erection of stud system with requirements of door frames and other construction within partition. 7. Stud splicing not permissible. 8. Backing a. Provide steel backing, unless indicated otherwise, for the support of wall mounted items and trim b. Unless indicated or approved otherwise, backing shall consist of minimum 4 inch wide 16 gage steel plate screwed rigidly to the studs. 9. Tolerances a. Install members to provide surface plane with maximum variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. b. Locate assemblies within 1/4 inch of required locations. 092400 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING A. General 1. Summary: a. Portland cement plaster. b. Building paper underlayment. c. Metal lath and plaster accessories. 2. References: a. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): Latest published version, unless otherwise indicated: 1) C144 - Aggregate for Masonry Mortar 2) C150 - Portland Cement. 3) C206 - Finishing Hydrated Lime. 4) C207 Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. 5) C260 - Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 6) C847 - Standard Specifications for Metal Lath 7) C897 - Specification for Aggregate for Job Mixed Portland Cement -Based Plasters. 8) C926 - Application of Portland Cement -Based Plaster. 9) C932 - Specification for Surface - Applied Bonding Agents for Exterior Plastering. 10) C1063 - Lathing and Furring for Portland Cement and Portland Cement Lime Plastering, Exterior (Stucco) and Interior. 3. 4. Submittals: a. Product Data: Submit for each plaster trim accessory, admixture, fiber reinforcing, and bonding agent proposed for the work. 5. Quality Assurance: a. Building Codes: Materials, systems, and installation shall meet requirements of the jurisdictional code authorities. 6. Environmental Conditions: a. Do not apply cement plaster unless minimum ambient temperature of 40 degrees F is maintained continuously in the area to be plastered; maintain temperature 48 hours prior to application of plaster, while the plastering is being applied, and during the curing operation. b. Do not apply plaster to any frozen surfaces or surfaces containing frost; protect plaster coats against freezing for a period of 24 hours after application. B. Products 1. Plaster and Associated Materials: a. Cement: 1) Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type 1. 2) Masonry Cement: ASTM C91. b. Sand: Natural type, conforming to requirements of ASTM C144 or C897; gradation and use recommended for portland cement basecoat and finish coat plastering. c. Air Entrainment Admixture: ASTM C260, free of calcium chloride and thiocyanates, not more than 0.05 percent chloride ions. d. Water: Clean, potable fresh and free from amounts of matter deleterious to quality of cement plaster materials. e. Hydrated Lime: Special finishing type, as follows. 1) For scratch and brown coats: ASTM C206 or C207, Type S. 2) For finish coat: ASTM C206, Type S. f. Fiber Reinforcing: One of the following. 1) Fibermesh Company "Fibermix 25 "; 1/4 inch long monofilament polypropylene fibers. 2) Hill Brothers Chemical Co. "Hi -Fibe P-1510"; 1/2 inch long monofilament polypropylene fibers g. Pumping Additives: Manufactured additives as required for improving pumpability of the mix. 2. Lath and Underlayment: a. Metal Lath: Expanded type, 3.4 lbs/s.y. weight; ASTM C847; self- furring type, galvanized. b. Building Paper: 1) Base Layer: DuPont Company (800- 448 -9835) "Commercial Wrap;" include manufacturer's standard tape for sealing joints and penetrations. 2) Outer Layer: DuPont Company "Tyvek StuccoWrap." c. Flexible Flashing: 1) W.R. Grace "Vycor Plus. ". 2) Monsey Bakor "Blueskin" 40 mil thickness. 3) DuPont Company " Tyvek FlexWrap" d. Flexible Seal: Ethylene Propylene Diene Terpolymer ( EPDM ) black membrane, reinforced or non reinforced, nominal 0.045 inch thick; complete with manufacturer's recommended splicing materials. 3. Accessories: 4. Furnish attachment devices as required for secure anchoring of plaster accessories; furnish connection devices and splice plates for reveals and plastic expansion joints, to ensure accurate alignment, allowance for axial movement, where required. a. Corner Beads: Stockton Wire Products (213/245 -5193) "Plastic Nose Cornerbead" or approved; 2 -1/2" woven wire flanges; plastic coated nose wire. b. Casing Beads: "No. 66 Casing Bead" by Unimast (800- 969- 4110), X -66 by Amico, or approved; zinc alloy; 7/8"; lengths as required for minimum number of joints in each uninterrupted run. c. Control Joints: "No. 75 Control Joint" by Unimast (800- 969 - 4110), N750 by Amico, or approved;; solid zinc alloy; lengths as required for minimum number of joints in each uninterrupted run. d. Reveals: Fry Reglet Co, Pittcon Industries, Inc., Gordon Inc, or approved; aluminum extrusions; shapes as indicated; two piece control joint screed similar to Fry Reglet PCS -75 series; provide factory fabricated intersections; manufacturer's standard prime paint finish. e. Soffit Edge Vent Screed: Fry Reglet Corporation (818/289- 4744) "TRM -75 V 1125 'T' Molding "; manufacturer's standard prime paint finish. Expansion Joints: Fry Reglet Co, Pittcon Industries, Inc., Gordon Inc, or approved; aluminum extrusions; shapes as indicated; two piece control joint screed similar to Fry Reglet PCS -75 series; provide factory fabricated intersections; manufacturer's standard prime paint finish. Anchorages for Lath and Accessories: 1) Minimum 3/8 inch head diameter; length to allow 3/4 inch minimum penetration into wood framing. 2) Nails: Galvanized roofing nails. 5. Cement Plaster Mixes: a. Proportions (By Volume): 1) Scratch Coat: 1 part portland cement, 4 to 5 parts sand, 1/2 to 3/4 part lime, and 1 Ib of polypropylene strands for each 1000 Ibs of mix (dry). 2) Brown Coat: 1 part portland cement, 4 to 5 parts sand, 1/2 to 3/4 part lime, and 1 Ib of polypropylene strands for each 1000 lbs of mix (dry. 3) Finish Coat: 1 part portland cement, 3 parts sand, and 3/4 -1 part lime. b. Mixing: 1) Unless otherwise specified or approved by the Architect, provide mechanical mixing of plaster in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C926. Keep water to a minimum, using only the amount necessary to maintain consistency. 2) Add air entrainment admixtures to provide 2 to 4 percent entrainment in all coats. 3) Incorporate pumping additives as required in the approved mix design. g. C. Execution 1. Installation of Lath, Underlayment, and Accessories: a. Install specified products and systems in accordance with referenced standards and specifications, unless indicated or specified otherwise. b. Building Paper (Double Layer): 1) Apply two plies of building paper over substrate in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations; both layers lapped to weather. 2) Apply base layer complete to form a continuous air barrier. Tape all joints and penetrations with manufacturer's recommended tape. 3) Coordinate installation of windows and other wall penetrations with the installation of flexible flashing and building paper as shown. 4) Apply outer layer. 5) Install building paper layers with corrosion resistant screws with washers. Do not use staples. 6) Provide continuous flexible seal at expansion joint locations indicated. Flash to weather and seal all joints tight with manufacturer's recommended tape systems. Extend additional material into the joint to allow joint movement without stressing the membrane. c. Accessories: 1) Fasten accessories through sheathing to metal studs; at CMU predrill and fasten accessories with threading fasteners. 2) Install accessories as indicated in combination with cement plaster work. 3) Field cut accessories as necessary for accurate alignment and conformance to details; make all cuts neat and straight; remove burrs before installation. 4) Install accessories in accurate alignment, straight, and according to details. Install continuous shims behind flanges of accessories as necessary to achieve proper face location for accurate screeding to finished surface. 5) Field drill accessories as necessary for anchorage. 6) Install accessories for accurate alignment at end to end joints. 7) Apply sealant behind end to end joints in control joint accessories, prior to application of plaster. 8) Construct joints and intersections in accessories to preclude rainwater leakage. Provide weeps or washes at bottom of vertical reveals and control joints. 9) Verify that panels defined by control joints are 144 sf, maximum (100 sf for ceilings, curves, angular plaster surfaces), and are approximately square (minimize re- entrant corners) and don't exceed 2:1 adjacent side lengths ratio or 18' spacing.. See "The Construction Specifier" Oct 1990, p. 66; NWW &CB PCA Portland Cement Plaster Manual, p.20.. 10) Control Joints: a) Install control joints where shown. Where not shown, place control joints to form rectangular areas not exceeding 144 square feet maximum. Verify exact locations with the Architect prior to installation. b) Run metal lath continuous under control joints. c) Secure control joints by screwing flanges through to framing, or by wire tying to lath 11) Reveals: a) Provide butyl tape backup in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. b) Run vertical joints continuous through " +" intersection. c) Seal all splices and intersections. 12) Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints as indicated. When not indicated provide at expansion joint locations in substructure, such as at compensating channels between floors. Verify exact location with the Architect prior to installation. Size cement plaster expansion joint to match substrate expansion joint size. 13) Except as otherwise detailed, case finishes terminating at dissimilar materials; install corner bead at all outside corners. 14) Stops, other than casings, where shown or required around lighting fixtures, air diffusers, etc., are to be furnished under other Sections for installation as part of the cement plaster work. Type of stop, if not shown, shall be submitted to the Architect for review and must be approved by the Architect before installation. d. Installation of Lath: 1) Attach metal lath in accordance with ASTM C1063 unless specified otherwise. 2) Wood Stud and Sheathing Substrate: Fasten lath through sheathing to wood studs and furring members with galvanized roofing nails. Nails shall pass through the sheathing and penetrate wood framing a minimum of 3/4 inches. Space fasteners a maximum of 24 inches o.c. horizontally, and 6 inches o.c. vertically. 2. Installation of Base Coats: a. Verify that accessories have been installed within tolerance limits specified, prior to application of each coat. b. Standards: Apply in accordance with ASTM C926 and as specified herein. c. Thicknesses: Apply base coats to permit installation of finish coat for total system thicknesses as follows: 1) 3 Coat Application Over Metal Lath: 7/8 inch total thickness. 2) 2 Coat Application Direct Applied Over Concrete Masonry: 1/2 inch total thickness d. Application Over Metal Lath: 1) Apply scratch coat to a minimum 3/8 inch thickness, allow to partially set, then very lightly score in horizontal direction only. Cure for a minimum of 48 hours. 2) Dampen scratch coat to obtain a uniform suction, and then apply brown coat to a minimum 3/8 inch. Rod to a true plane and trowel -float surface uniformly. Cure for a minimum of 7 days in accordance with ASTM C926. Protect surfaces from flowing water until hardened sufficiently. 3. Finish Coat: a. Dampen base coat prior to application of finish coat. b. Apply finish coat, accurately screeded to accessories; 1/8 inch thickness over base coats. c. Steel trowel to a smooth and uniform finish, to match existing exterior cement plaster. d. Perform plastering and finishing operations to avoid damaging accessories, and to avoid dislodging masking. e. Perform final troweling to achieve plaster surface precisely even with screed surface of reveals and other accessories. f. Avoid excessive working of the surface. Delay troweling as long as possible to avoid drawing excess fines to the surface. g. Apply finish coat to each distinct area in a continuous operation. Utilize techniques to prevent scaffold marks and variations in surface texture. h. Protect cement plaster from uneven and excessive evaporation during curing by covering with vapor barrier or moist curing, in accordance with ASTM C926. Cure finish coat for a minimum period of 48 hours. Extend curing times as necessary to achieve complete cure. 4. Cleaning: a. Clean all beads, screeds, reveals, metal base, metal trim, electrical outlets, and other items in contact with cement plaster, leaving work ready for decoration by others. As work is completed in each area, remove all rubbish, utensils, and surplus materials, leaving surrounding areas broom clean. b. Remove masking from accessories masked to prevent cement plaster clogging. 5. Tolerances: a. Flat plaster surfaces shall be straight within 1/8" in 10 feet when tested with a straightedge in any direction. b. Accessories shall be installed free of visible wave, straight within 1/16 inch in 1 foot and 1/8 inch in 10 feet of any plane through the axis of the accessory, when tested with a straightedge; horizontal accessories shall be installed level. c. Curved Surfaces: True to the radius indicated with no flat spots or waves; radii shall be uniform and not vary from indicated dimensions by more than 1/8" in 10 feet. d. Comers and Edges: Sharp with no build up of surface material; straight within 1/16 inch in 1 foot and 1/8 inch in 10 feet. e. Alignment: Joints between accessories shall be aligned to within 1/32 inch. 092900 GYPSUM BOARD A. General 1. Section Includes: a. Gypsum board and accessories. b. Patching and treatment of existing wall surfaces. 2. Submittals: Product literature for proposed aluminum reveal trims 3. Quality Assurance: a. Gypsum board manufacturers shall be members of the Gypsum Association. b. Perform work in accordance with GA 216, unless specified otherwise, or required otherwise to meet fire rating requirements. B. Products: 1. Gypsum Board: ASTM C1396; 5/8 inch thick; type X for use in fire rated partitions; Contractor's option at other locations. 2. Interior Gypsum Trim: a. Conform to GA 216, unless indicated or specified otherwise. b. Comer and Edge Trim: Concealed flange crimp -on or tape -on type; metal or PVC at Contractor's option. 3. Joint Compound, Tape, and Finishing Compound: ASTM C475; paper tape. 4. Screws: ASTM C1002, typical. C. Execution 1, Installation Standard: Unless specified otherwise, perform work in accordance with Gypsum Association GA -216. 2. Sequence board insulation with installation of thermal insulation at exterior walls and other locations where insulation is indicated. 3. Screw fasten board to framing. 4. Trim: a. Use longest practical lengths, with no piece less than 2 feet long for continuous runs greater than 8 feet. Securely fasten and align trim ends at joints. b. Place concealed flange corner beads at all external corners. At angles other than 90 degrees, bend the flange to conform to the angle. c. Place concealed flange type L trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. 5. Finishing: a. Provide finishing in accordance with GA 214. b. Where necessary to sand, do so without damaging the face of the gypsum board. c. Patch and finish existing gypsum board surfaces to match new surfaces in areas where demolition has occurred. Finish to nearest joint, comer, or other break line. d. Finish: Provide GA Level 4 finish at all new gypsum board and at repair and refinishing of walls damaged by demolition. 093000 TILE A. General 1. Section Includes: a. Ceramic floor tile. b. Crack isolation membrane. c. Screeds, 2. Submittals: a. Product Data: Submit for each type of tile, grout, adhesive, additive, acce b. Samples: 1) Tile: Samples of each type and color of tile. Include representative range of colors and finishes to be expected. 2) Grout: Cured samples of each grout color. 3) Screeds: Submit samples of each type and finish of screed; minimum 3 inch length. CODE C�VED F PLIgNCE APP M Rov JUN 13 1011 City of Tukwila 'DMS!ON B. Products 1. Tile: As scheduled on the Drawings. 2. Accessory Materials: a. Setting Materials: 1) Thinset Mortar: Portland cement with 100% acrylic latex additive; in accordance with ANSI A118.4. 2) Epoxy Mortar: Bostik "Hydroment Color - Poxy," Laticrete International Inc "Latapoxy 300," or approved; ANSI A118.3. 3) Epoxy Grout: a) Mapei "Kerapoxy," Hydroment "Color - Poxy," by Bostik, Laticrete International Inc. "Latapoxy SP100," or approved.; ANSI A118.3. b) Color Match: As scheduled on Drawings bWaO 5b RECEIVED MAR 012011 PERMIT CENTER CALLISON 1 red 4) co co Pft re 1- a 0 < tg.o c PS in - gi II �; o O (I) IM 44 0 1 c1 0 o iv 0 ISSUED 1 REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/26111 Lie F'rolac YCeyBank Ares rigbar tAndoverPa aDadd dvuar Park - Spsdfloetlone TELdwg 2123/11 1241 PM COPYRIGHT Q 2011 CALLISQN Architectural Specifications A -904 9 10 3. Crack Isolation Membrane: One of the following; provide under floor tile areas. a. Mapei Corp. "Mapelastic 400" b. Custom Building Products "RedGard Waterproofing and Crack Membrane" c. Bostick "Hydroment Ultra -Set Advanced ". d. Laticrete "Anti- Fracture Membrane Blue 92 ". e. Mer -Kote Products, Inc. "Mer -Krete Hydro -Guard 2000" 4. Metal Screed: Schluter Systems, Inc. (800- 225 -8902) SCHIENE; clear anodized aluminum tile edging trim; sizes as required for installation of top of screed flush with top of tile. C. Execution 1. Slab Leveling: Prior to installation of thinset floor tile, where local irregularities in the substrate surface would cause puddling or prevent level installation of the tile, the substrate shall be adjusted as necessary. Use hydraulic cement filler for slab leveling. 2. Installation of Tile: a. Interior Floor Application - Thinset over Concrete Substrate with Crack Isolation Membrane. 1) TCA System: F122 at membranes 2) Installation Standard: ANSI A108.6. 3) Setting Materials: Epoxy mortar; 3/32 inch minimum thickness over crack isolation membrane membrane. 3. Tolerances: a. Joint Width Variation: Plus or minus 25% of the proposed joint width. b. Taper: Plus or minus 25 percent from one end to the other. c. Unless approved otherwise, no portion of a tile surface shall vary more than 1/32 inch above or below an adjacent tile surface. d. Install tile fields level to within tolerance specified for finished substrate. 4. Special Requirements for Large Format Tiles (8 x 8 inch size or larger): a. Wash backs of each tile to remove dust and soil that would compromise adhesion. b. Dampen substrate as necessary to prevent excessive suction. c. Key the mortar into the substrate with the flat side of the trowel. d. Comb mortar over the previously keyed substrate in one direction using the notch side of the trowel. e. Firmly press each tile into the mortar. Press down and move the tile back and forth perpendicularly across the ridges approximately 1/8 to 1/4 inch to flatten the ridges and fill in the valleys of the combed mortar, as necessary to achieve minimum mortar coverage of 95 percent, with tile corners and edges firmly supported. f. Set tiles in accurate alignment. 5. Grouting: Comply with provisions of ANSI A108.10; ANSI A108.6 for epoxy grout. Grout all joints, except expansion joints, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Float joints to a slightly concave profile. 6. Expansion Joints: Match mortar joint width, except that joints shall be no less than 1/8 inch wide; provide between floor tile and base at field perimeters. 095113 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS A. General 1. Section Includes: New work and reconfiguration or reinstallation of existing acoustical ceiling components as necessary to accommodate new work. a. Acoustical suspension grids b. Acoustical ceiling panels 2. Submittals: a. Product data b. Installation instructions 3. Quality Assurance: Perform new work as necessary to maintain compliance with IBC 1621.2.5, Seismic Design Category D, and the requirements of the jurisdictional code authorities. B. Products 1. Panel Suspension System: As scheduled on the Drawings 2. Acoustical Panels: As scheduled on the Drawings. 3. Accessories Fumish hangers, clips, fasteners, hanger wire and other accessories as necessary to complete the work. C. Execution 1. Reconfigure existing or install new suspension and panels as indicated and as necessary to accommodate new work, and to replace materials damaged by demolition. 2. Install system in accordance with ASTM C636, IBC 1621.2.5 and CISCA 3 -4, the manufacturer's instructions, and as follows. a. Where new partial panels are necessary for installation against wall moldings, scribe and cut panels to fit the openings; re- rabbet cut edges of tegular edge panels and paint to match factory edge. Install panels with cut edge supported by wall molding wherever possible. b. Where sprinklers, speakers, strobes, or other accessories penetrate ceilin g p anels , coordinate locations for penetrations centered in square panels 3. Clean -Up: Remove fingerprints and traces of soil and blemishes from ceiling materials. Use cleaning materials recommended by the manufacturer of the ceiling materials. 096503 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES A. General 1. Section Includes: Resilient base. B. Products 1. Resilient Base a. Resilient Base: ASTM F1861, TPR thermoplastic rubber; 1/8 inch thick; roll stock; straight style; height and color match as scheduled. b. Adhesives: As recommended by the wall base manufacturer for the application. C. Execution 1. Install adhesive in a continuous bead behind top of base to ensure uniform contact with substrate, without gaps. 2. Install base to walls and to casework toe kicks in all areas where resilient base is scheduled, and where no other base finish is specifically noted or detailed. 3. Coordinate with Owner's casework vendor and provide base to wood casework toe kicks where required. 4. Install base in maximum practical lengths, with minimum number of joints in each run. Fit joints tight, vertical, and in accurate alignment. 5. Where new base is required to extend existing, replace entire length between wall corners or ends. a. Score back of base material with grooving tool, at all outside corners; maintain minimum leg length 18 inches where wall length permits. Mount base so that scored groove is accurately aligned with corner, and with base tightly adhered to wall at both sides of corner, with no visible gaps at top of base. Where cove base is formed around outside corners, stretch toe of cove for smooth transition around corner, with toe in uniform contact with the finish flooring. b. Miter or cope inside corners for accurate fit. c. Scribe and fit to door frames and other obstructions. d. Install straight and level to maximum variation of 1/8 inch over 10 feet. e. Solvent or adhesive weld all joints in base and seal toe of base to floor. 1) Where coved base is installed against hard surface or resilient flooring, install a continuous bead of sealant under the toe of the base; ensure complete contact to exclude moisture between the floor and the base. Remove squeezeout with xylol, mineral spirits, or other solvent as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. 2) Where straight base is installed at carpeted surfaces, install base prior to carpet installation. Run a bead of sealant along the joint between the bottom of the base and the subfloor. 6. Upon completion of the installation, remove surplus adhesive from base and adjacent surfaces. 096813 TILE CARPETING A. General 1. Section Includes: a. Adhesive installed carpet tiles. b. Modular walk -off mat carpeting. 2. Submittals, Test Reports: Results of concrete subfloor moisture and alkalinity testing indicating the subfloor surfaces are ready for flooring installation. 3. Installer Qualifications: Specialist in carpet installation employing only skilled craftsmen. B. Products 1. Carpet Tile: As scheduled. 2. Adhesive: a. W.W. Henry Company "Peach Glue ", 3M Company "Blue Glue," or approved waterproof, non - flammable carpet adhesive as recommended by the carpet tile manufacturer for compatibility with carpet backing. b. Carpet adhesive shall be release type, allowing carpet tiles to be removed and replaced at a later date without damaging or removing the adjacent tile pieces. 3. Edge Strips: Vinyl and /or aluminum as scheduled; sizes as appropriate for conditions; colors as scheduled. C. Execution 1. Examination: a. Verify that sub -floor surfaces are dust -free and free of substances that could impair bonding of adhesive materials to sub -floor surfaces. b. Verify that concrete sub -floor surfaces are ready for carpet tile installation by testing for moisture emission rate and alkalinity; obtain instructions if test results are not within the following limits: 1) Moisture emission rate: Not greater than 3 Ib per 1000 sq ft per 24 hours when tested using calcium chloride moisture test kit for 72 hours. 2) Alkalinity: pH range of 7 -9. 2. Lay out area such that cut perimeter tiles will be not less than 6 inches wide. Commence laying tile in center of room or space and work toward perimeters;•cut border tile after field tiles have been installed. Lay tile square with area of installation. 3. Adhesively install carpet tiles to concrete slab. Orient all tiles in the same direction. 4. Cutting of carpet for telephone and electrical outlets shall be the responsibility of the carpet installer. 5. Edge Strips: a. Unless otherwise indicated, install resilient edge strips at carpet edges where carpet meets concrete or resilient flooring. At door openings, locate to center resilient edge strip under door. b. Install metal edge strips where carpet meets ceramic tile. 6. Roll and reroll on the day following installation. 7. Install floor transition strips at terminations, unless otherwise indicated. 099000 PAINTING A. General 1. Section Includes: Site applied exterior and interior paint coatings. 2. Submittals a. Materials List: b. Samples: 3 samples of each proposed paint finish on an 8 "x10" ca type of paint, color, sheen, substrate, and application. 3. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in commercial painting three years documented experience. rd. Reference manufacturer, and finishing with a minimum of B. Products 1. Exterior Latex Paint Systems: a. Manufacturer: Sherwin- Williams, or approved. 1) Cementitious Substrates: a) Primer: "Loxon Exterior Acrylic Masonry Primer," A24W300 b) Finish: "A -100 Exterior Latex Flat" A6 Series. 2) Wood Substrates: a) Primer: "A -100 Exterior Latex Primer," A24W300 b) Finish: "A -100 Exterior Latex Flat" A6 Series. 3) Metal Substrate: a) Primer: " Pro Industrial Pro -Cryl Universal Acrylic Primer ". b) Finish: "A -100 Exterior Latex Satin" A82 Series. b. Color Matches: As scheduled. 2. Interior Latex Wall Paint Systems: a. Manufacturer: Sherwin- Williams, or approved. 1) Gypsum Board Substrate a) Primer: S -W ProGreen 200 Interior Latex Primer, B28W600 Series b) Finish: One of the following, as scheduled. (1) ProGreen, B20W651 Series; eggshell sheen. (2) Duration Home Acrylic Latex; A97 Series; satin sheen. (3) ProGreen, B30 -600 Series; flat sheen. 2) Metal Substrate a) Primer: S -W DTM Acrylic Primer /Finish b) Finish: ProGreen, B31 -600 Series; semi -gloss sheen. b. Color Matches: As scheduled. 3. Transparent Finishes: Match existing. 4. Fire Retardant Terminal Backboard Paint Additive: Flame Stop Inc. (Fort Worth TX, 877 - 397 -7867) "Flame Stop III" fire retardant paint additive. C. Execution 1. Preparation: a. Moisture Check: Check for excess moisture using an electronic moisture meter. Do not paint materials with excess moisture levels which would impair the bonding of finish coatings. b. Hardware and Miscellaneous Items: 1) Carefully remove electrical outlet and switch plates, mechanical diffusers, escutcheons, surface hardware, fittings and fastenings prior to starting work. 2) Carefully store, clean and replace these items upon completion of work in each area. 3) Do not use solvent or abrasives to clean hardware that will remove the permanent lacquer finish normally used on some of these items. c. Prepare surfaces by removing all dirt, dust, grease, oil, moisture, and other contaminants which will impair the proper adhesion of the finish. 1) Existing Finished Surfaces To Be Repainted: a) Remove loose, blistered, scaled, or crazed finishes to bare substrate; feather new work into existing work. Prepare surfaces to the nearest break line if necessary to blend new finishes with old finishes. b) Wash and rinse surfaces with trisodium phosphate and water or other solution required to remove remaining film, wax, oil, grease, or foreign matter which would impair bond or cause bleed through. c) Lightly sand, or apply a liquid deglosser on existing semi -gloss and high -gloss finishes before refinishing. 2) Galvanized Ferrous Metal: Clean in accordance with paint manufacturer's requirements for substrate preparation. Abrade surface with 3M "Scotchbrite Heavy Duty" (brown) pad, or as necessary to achieve sufficient profile for paint adhesion. 3) Ferrous Metal Shop Primed under other Sections: Solvent clean to remove oil and grease. Remove loose rust, and blistered and peeling paint to bare metal by scraping, sanding, and wire brushing in accordance with SSPC -SP2 and SP3. Immediately retouch damaged or abraded surfaces with compatible primer. Lightly sand all shop prime painted surfaces to receive paint finish. d. Mask adjacent surfaces. 2. Application Requirements; General a. Where painting is indicated to cover patches and new work in plane with existing, repaint entire surface to nearest break line. b. Opaque Finishes: 1) Apply number of coats scheduled, except that additional finish coats shall be applied as necessary for complete hiding of substrate colors. 2) Apply primer coats untinted. Where more than one coat of paint is required, tint each succeeding coat up to the final coat similar in tint, but slightly lighter in value (shade). 3) Sand lightly between coats if necessary to achieve required finish; sand between all coats applied to wood substrates. c. Rollers for application and backrolling of latex paints shall have a nap of 3/8 inch or less. d. Where roller texture is scheduled for application to gypsum board surfaces, finish coats may be roller - applied, or spray applied and backrolled at Contractor's option. 3. Exterior Cementitious Surfaces - Latex System: a. System: Two coats: first coat acrylic primer (Omit at previously painted surfaces), second coat exterior latex finish. b. Sheen: Flat. c. Application: Exterior cementitious surfaces indicated for painting, including cast -in -place concrete and cement plaster 4. Exterior Wood Surfaces - Latex System: a. System: Two coats: first coat latex primer (Omit at previously painted surfaces), second coat exterior latex finish. b. Sheen: Flat. c. Application: Exterior wood panels and trim indicated for painting. 5. Exterior Ferrous Metal and Galvanized - Acrylic System: a. System: Three coats; first coat acrylic primer (omit at shop primed items); second and third coats exterior latex finish. The primer may be omitted at factory primed surfaces, except as necessary to recoat damaged or abraded preprimed surfaces. b. Sheen: Satin, unless indicated otherwise. c. Application: Exterior metal items indicated for paint finish. 6. Gypsum Board - Latex System: a. System: Three coats - first coat latex primer sealer (untinted; omit at previously painted walls), second and third coat latex paint (Omit third coat at previously painted walls subject to approval by the Architect.) b. Sheen: Roller texture to match existing, flat/eggshell /satin, as scheduled. c. Application: 1) Except as otherwise indicated, use on all exposed gypsum board surfaces indicated to be painted or repainted. 2) Provide prime coat only behind permanently mounted mechanically anchored items 3) Do not apply primer or paint coatings to surfaces to receive wall covering. 7. Interior Wood - Latex System: a. System: Two coats; first coat acrylic primer; second coat interior or exterior latex finish; with fire retardant paint additive at terminal backboards. b. Sheen: Satin or eggshell. c. Application: Wood surfaces scheduled for paint finish; plywood terminal backboard. 8. Interior Ferrous Metal and Galvanized - Acrylic System: a. System: Three coats; first coat acrylic primer (omit at shop primed items); second and third coats interior latex finish. The primer may be omitted at factory primed surfaces, except as necessary to recoat damaged or abraded preprimed surfaces. b. Sheen: Semi - gloss, unless indicated otherwise. c. Application: Interior ferrous metal surfaces including interior hollow metal door frames, electrical panels, fire extinguisher cabinets, countertop brackets, and access doors. 9. Cleanup a. As the work proceeds and on completion of the work, promptly remove all primers, paints and finishes where spilled, splashed or splattered in a manner not to damage the surface from which it is removed. b. Remove masking. DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 101400 SIGNAGE A. General: 1. Section Includes: a. Installation of signage furnished by the Owner. 2. Regulatory Requirements: Signage shall conform to the requirements of the jurisdictional code authorities. B. Products 1. Signage: Owner furnished. 2. Double Stick Tape: 3M "Scotch brand #665" double- stick, double- coated tape, 1/4" wide. C. Execution 1. All graphics shall be mounted level and plumb and in accurate alignment, unless indicated otherwise. 2. Plaques: a. Clean surfaces as necessary to accept mounting tape. b. Use double stick tape for mounting unless approved otherwise. 3. Decals: Adhere to substrate free of bubbles. 107316 CANOPIES A. General 1. Section Includes: Furnishing and installation of custom curved extruded aluminum overhead hanger rod style canopies. 2. Performance Requirements:: a. Wind Pressure: Comply with requirements of the jurisdictional Code authorities. b. Finish on installed materials shall not show a color change greater than 5 NBS color units, per ASTM D2244, and shall not show chalking in excess of 8, per ASTM D659. c. Structural Design: Design the canopy support framing and anchorage systems to meet the structural requirements of the jurisdictional code authorities with a maximum deflection of L /180 the span for the framing members. 3. Submittals: a. Manufacturer's standard literature and specifications for canopies. b. Shop drawings: 1) Showing structural component locations /positions, material, dimensions and details of construction and assembly. 2) Indicate locations to receive sealant. 3) Shop drawings shall bear designing structural engineer's seal. c. Samples: 1) Aluminum Panel Sample: Submit 12 inch by 12 inch sample of roofing panel in selected color and finish proposed for the work. d. Quality Control Submittals: 1) Certification: Submit certification that awnings have been designed to meet the structural requirements specified. e. Closeout Submittal: 1) Submit designing engineer's certification that products and installation comply with design requirements. 4. Quality Assurance: a. Fabricator and Installer Qualifications: A minimum of 3 years experience in the fabrication and installation of canopies similar to the work of this project. b. Structural Design: Structural Design of the canopy system shall be by a structural engineer licensed to practice in the State where the Project is located. c. Regulatory Requirements: 1) Conform to the requirements of the jurisdictional code authorities. 2) Furnish all calculations, engineer's stamps, drawings, and other items required by the code authorities to obtain approval of the installation. 5. Guaranty /Warranty: a. Provide manufacturer's non - prorated 20 year warranty for integrity of coating against fading and chalking. 6. System Description: a. Wind Pressure: Comply with requirements of the jurisdictional Code authorities. b. Structural Design: Design the canopy support framing and anchorage systems to meet the structural requirements of the jurisdictional code authorities with a maximum deflection of L/180 the span for the framing members. B. Products 1. Manufacturer: Mapes Canopies (Lincoln, Nebraska; 888 - 273 -1132) or approved. 2. Materials a. Decking Shall be 2 3/4" Extruded .078" Decking b. Hanger rods, escutcheons and attachment hardware: Manufacturers standard components; finished to match canopy. c. Fascia shall be standard 8" extruded "G" style (minimum .125 aluminum) 3. Finishes: a. Powder Coating or standard two -coat Kynar® colors; Finish type as selected by the Architect. b. Color: Custom color as scheduled on the Drawings. 4. Fabrication a. Fabricate in configurations as indicated on the Drawings. b. All connections shall be mechanically assembled utilizing 3/16" fasteners with a minimum shear stress of 350 Ib. Pre - welded or factory- welded connections are not acceptable. c. Decking shall be designed with interlocking extruded aluminum members with mechanical fasteners field applied to provide structural integrity for the completed assembly. d. Concealed drainage. Water shall drain from covered surfaces into integral fascia gutter and directed to either the front for front drainage or to the rear for ground level discharge via one or more designated downspouts. C. Execution 1. Inspection a. Confirm that surrounding area is ready for the canopy installation. b. Installer shall confirm dimensions and elevations to be as shown on drawings. c. Erection shall be performed by an approved installer and scheduled after all exterior cement plastering in the area is completed 2. Installation: a. Installation shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's shop drawings. b. Install canopy systems plumb, level, true and in proper alignment. 3. Field Quality Control: a. The design engineer or an authorized representative shall visit the site to inspect the work. Verity and certify that the canopy framing and attachment systems have been installed in accordance with the structural requirements. btiosv RECEIVED MAR 012011 PERMIT CENTER E 0 Z0 00 1 = a 10 0 1) CO co CO 0:1 � r o Sao iC O. co ! W 0 M F c m LO of) 210251.02 I$SUED 1 REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02125111 WiPrnlactai eyeankNaalinQ6o MdavarPrrIC dd dvuarPark- SpeclflcallonaTS.dwp 1Z41 PM COPYRIGHT @ 2011 CALLISON Architectural Specifications A -905 E D A 1 9 10 DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT 111414 QUEUE ROPES, PORTABLE POSTS AND ACCESSORIES A. General: 1. Section Includes: Portable teller line pedestrian control devices, including stanchions, retractable belts, and signage. 2. Submittals: a. Product data. b. Schedule of equipment to be furnished. 3. Maintenance: In addition to those indicated on the Drawings, furnish 2 stanchions and one signage frame for Owner's use. B. Products: 1. Manufacturer: Displays2Go (Bristol RI; 800 - 572 - 2194). 2. Stanchions: POSTSTBK "Crowd Control Stanchion Satin Chrome Post with Black Belt; 38 inches tall; 7' -6" retractable belt. 3. Signage Frames: POSTDXTDPC " 7" X 11" Polished Chrome Post Top Frame For Traditional Rope Posts." 4. Signs: Acrylic 7" x 11" sign; 1/4 inch thick. a. POSTTOPPEH: "PLEASE ENTER HERE." b. POSTTOPPHT: "PLEASE WAIT HERE FOR NEXT AVAILABLE TELLER." C. Execution: Deliver portable posts and accessories, fully assembled, to the Owner at the Project Site. DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS 122413 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES A. General 1. Section Includes: Manually operated roller window shades. 2. Submittals a. Product literature. b. Shop Drawings: Indicate roller shade sizes and mounting details. Indicate relationship to adjacent construction. c. Samples: Submit fabric samples. 3. Quality Assurance; Installer Qualifications: A minimum of 3 years experience in the installation of roller window shade systems of the type specified. B. Products 1. Shades: As scheduled on the Drawings 2. Furnish manufacturer's standard product with the following features: a. Manually operated roller shade system with 1 -3/8 inch diameter steel tube. b. Clutch Mechanism: Wrap- spring design in fiberglass reinforced polyester housing assembly. Clutch shall operate bi- directionally using an endless beaded chain. c. Control Loop: Endless qualified #10 nickel - plated steel ball chain. d. Brackets: Type as required for installation conditions; color to match fascia panel. e. Fabric: As indicated on the Finish Schedule. C. Execution 1 Fabrication a. Fabricate units to fit the openings indicated, from head to sill, and from jamb to jamb. b. Fabricate elements to integrate with adjacent construction. 2. Installation a. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. b. Install shades level, square, true, and with uniform and equal perimeter spacing, free of folds. Install for smooth operation. c. Provide all support framing and brackets as necessary to support roller shades. DIVISIONS 13-14 Not Used DIVISIONS 21-26 See appropriate Electrical and Mechanical Drawings for fire protection, mechanical, plumbing, and electrical specifications. DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Not Used END REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 13 2011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION b11 oso RECEIVED MAR 012011 PERMIT CENTER CALLI5ON E 0 ▪ 0 O z a° 1 = a m 4 ° 0 1 U) 0 co co 14„ co . o a t, iC Ct. c • 111 4r. " • " 0 0 0 z 101 ..., 275. ISSUED ) REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02125111 LE Frofedsllley6ankl'YIIoolingtonlA rdoverPa ldesdd ci mirPark- Spsdflnsllonn TB.dwg 2/23111 1241 PM COPYRIGHT o 2011 CALLISON Architectural Specifications A -906 1 LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FIXTURE SYMBOL FIXTURE TYPE DESCRIPTION MANUFACT. LAMP WATTS VOLTS REMARKS NEW QTY F1 RECESSED 2x2 T6 FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE LITHONIA 2RT5 24T5HO GEB1OPS (2)24W T5 48W 120V HIGH EFFICIENCY FLUORESCENT 2'x2 LAY-IN FIXTURE WITH QIFFUSERACRYLIC LENS, STEEL HOUSING; HIGH OPTICAL EFFICIENCY, AND ELECTRONIC (<10% THD BALLAST WITH 1.08F (120V). NOTE 1. F3 RECESSED 1x4 T5. FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE LITHONIA EVN2- 120- GEB701 S Fa2T81SP36 64W 120V 4' FLUORESCENT SPEC. GRADE WRAPAROUND FIXTURE WITH PATTERN 12 ACRYLIC LENS STEEL WOUSING wITH BAKED WHITE E12 A EL. FlakI AND ELECTRONIC (<10% THD) BALLAST (120V) O F4 6," ROUND INTERIOR RECESSED COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWN UGHT. - LkTHON1A. LLTHONI2TRT -608AZ -120 CFM32W/ GX24Q 33W. 120V COMPACT FLUORESCENT61 ROUNDRECESSED DOWNLIGHT WITH ELECTRONIC (OW IRIDESCENT REFLECTOR, TRIM wNG, AND ELECTRONIC (<10% THD) BALLAST. NOTE L O F5 GROUND LIGHT KIM LIGHTING ACCESSORY: 35PMH120IBC ACCESSORY: SL73 ((1 3SW PMH SPOT 35W 120V BLACK METAL HALIDE GROUND LIGHT WITH SPREAD LENS TO ILLUMINATE COLUMN BUMP -OUT. /1 LYLJ F6' WALL SCONCE WST ©00M -FT -120 (1) 100W PSMH 142W 120V TRAPEZOIDAL PERFORMANCE HID WALL SCONCE BrT U WET LOCI IDOIN RIB BUn cLEARGNETIC ANODIZED ALUMINUM FINISH: LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE NOTES: 1 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE HOT, UNSWITCHED BRANCH CIRCUIT TO EMERGENCY LIGHT. FOR EMERGENCY FLUORESCENT FIXTURES THAT ARE SCHEDULED TO BE SWITCHED CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A SWITCHED BRANCH CIRCUIT TO NORMAL BALLAST AND HOT UNSWITCHED CONDUCTOR TO EMERGENCY BALLAST. EMERGENCY BALLAST SHALL BE CONFIGURED TO POWER SINGLE LAMP. 5 6 ALL LIGHT FIXTURES ARE PURCHASED AND INSTALLED BY THE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 7 8 F6 CONNECT NEW LIGHT FIXTURES Attak44 TO EXISTING ,���' ���� 7 S WIT CHING CIRCUIT AND Aintcrere \ llit 7"Irflt* 049„ ,,,44".Fi'... 1 E Alt,■■.1■7 ../..ibiir 4i ■A■lr -+.4,41.-...-A-E-4----=-4- - #011■40),A,ICIP41 ..41,074,.#, ,.. g or e ,&,■,■, ;.- I 4 I- 1 It 44&'y A 401:1■%***441)%4t4Ow Wfri40,1411 .44 % / ****1■41.44 +.* .401■6Aw .4111 .1■4,,,,,WIttal 414.1,4•44-811" NPTaP4A4 u ***,4**4 MI P4,41 YvrwPi $ III S44. + ..4*--44•44 S4404 tad 1■A te, el* a t 03 its4 4 4 4 "4 I 4 6 i 1.+A 41"...4k4A441 41. 4 ■s' +se 4 ortwp,0 Ito . 4 Wi. V, yA4 t ittIelke■ 11 ■414,'*30,47,P41443■4r4Petritrak4 \\* 0441 PO*0404 I L AI Merl rillY4 I -11 1 .48.....10 ' r1.4 F6 NEW LIGHT ING CIRCUIT G (TYPICAL) 10 CONNECT NEW LIGHT FIXTURES TO EXISTING CIRCUIT AND SWITCHING (TYPICAL) NEW FACADE EXISTING SOFFIT NEW METAL CANOPY METAL CANOPY SUPPORTS F5 CONNECT TO CIRCUIT A -37 SERVING SOUTH GROUND LIGHTS. CONNECT TO CIRCUIT A -35 SERVING EAST GROUND LIGHTS. bl1 oga COORDINATE SPEAKER CABLE INSTALLATION AND CONNECTIVITY WITH DATA/VOICE EQUIPMENT VENDOR. 1 SEE SHEET E-001 FOR SHEET NOTES RECEIVED JUN 02 2011 PERMITCENTER CEILING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" 1' -0" 1E4 oc W 0 INN I_ Co 0 Z co 1.0 00 et .G Z < Cg) 'd rn Z �. ▪ mi W aj • d' �r co(oL c, O4 O z a a) 0 (a N N o 0 z(� UI O - IIL sr ! • 0 v E. 0 Z O c. cti • t). U ANDOVER PARK (1) G) CO CO CO N 0 LO N 0 N ISSUED / REVISED DATE • PERMIT SET BID SET BULLETIN #1 PERMIT REVISION # 02/25/1 1 03/24/11 � 04/25/11 /1� 2 05/16/11 Q xx/xx/xx FUTURE BULL •off �® o G t SEPALRYE NORTH tpAND pROVAL Ceiling Plan - LIGHTING E -121 10 DESIGN CODES AND LOADING: INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (2009 EDITION) LIVE LOADS: ROOF: 25 PSF SNOW LATERAL LOADS: WIND: V3S =90 MPH, EXP B, Iw =I.O, Kzt =1.0 SEISMIC: Ss= 1.473, 51= 0.507, Sds= 0.982, SdI= 0.507, Ie =1.0 OCCUPANCY CATEGORY II SEISMIC SOIL SITE CLASS D SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D GENERAL: THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE AND STANDARDS SHALL GOVERN ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP. ALL TEMPORARY SHORING OR BRACING IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. THE DRAWINGS REFLECT THE FINAL FINISHED CONDITION OF THE STRUCTURE. THESE DRAWINGS ARE NOT INTENDED TO SHOW EACH AND EVERY CONDITION, BUT INDICATE THE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. WHERE CONDITIONS ARE NOT SPECIFICALLY DETAILED, SIMILAR CONDITIONS 51-1ALL BE USED AT THE DISCRETION AND APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL JOB SITE SAFETY AS WELL AS ALL MEANS, METHODS, AND SEQUENCES OF CONSTRUCTION TO SAFELY PERFORM THE WORK. AUE ENGINEERS 1-IA5 NO EXPERTISE IN NOR HAS BEEN RETAINED TO PROVIDE REVIEW OF THE CONTRACTORS SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AS THEY RELATE TO THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS PROJECT. IF ANY ERROR OR OMISSION APPEARS IN THESE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, OR OTHER DOCUMENTS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER IN WRITING OF SUCH OMISSION OR ERROR BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK, OR ACCEPT FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE COST TO RECTIFY SAME. VERIFY AND COORDINATE OPENINGS IN FLOORS, WALLS AND ROOF WITH ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS 51-TALL BE REFERENCED FOR WALLS, FINISHES AND DIMENSIONS. DIMENSIONS PROVIDED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO BE SCALED. STRUCTURAL STEEL: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: TUBE COLUMNS: ASTM A500 GRADE B (Fy =46000 psi). PIPE COLUMNS: ASTM A53 GRADE B (Fy= 35,000 psi). ALL 'W' AND 'H' SHAPES: A992, (Fy= 50,000 psi). ALL OTHER STEEL: ASTM A36. ALL STAINLESS STEEL 3I6L (Fy= 30,000 psi). ALL BOLTS: A5111 A325 INSTALLED PER CRITERIA FOR SLIP U.N.O. ALL ANCHOR BOLTS: ASTM FI554 GRADE 36, U.N.O. FURNISH MATCHING DOUBLE HEAVY HEX NUTS AT THE END EMBEDDED CRITICAL CONNECTIONS ANCHOR RODS WITH IN CONCRETE. CAST -IN HEADED BOLTS 51-IALL BE PLACED ACCURATELY INTO FINAL POSITION PRIOR TO POURING CONCRETE. ADDING BOLTS AFTER A POUR OR 'WET STICKING' IS NOT ALLOWED. PROVIDE WASHERS FOR ALL BOLTS AS REQUIRED BY AISC. AS A MINIMUM PROVIDE STANDARD CUT WASHERS UNDER ALL NUTS. ONE COAT OF APPROVED SHOP PAINT MINIMUM TO ALL STEEL NOT EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE. FABRICATION AND ERECTION SHALL BE N ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE AISC (ASD) SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR BUILDINGS. CONTRACTOR SI-IALL DESIGN AND SUPPLY ALL ADDITIONAL MISCELLANEOUS METALS THAT ARE INDICATED IN THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS OR THOSE METALS WHICH ARE FOUND TO BE NECESSARY TO SUPPORT THE ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES OR OTHER BUILDING SYSTEMS. ALL FRAMING AND CONNECTIONS DESIGNED BY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT RESULT IN ECCENTRIC LOADS BEING APPLIED TO THE PRIMARY STRUCTURE OR LATERAL LOADS BEING APPLIED TO THE BOTTOM FLANGE OF STEEL BEAMS. SUBMIT CALCULATIONS STAMPED BY A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER LICENSED IN THE STATE OF THE PROJECT ALONG WITH 51-1OP DRAWINGS NOTING THE LOADING IMPOSED ON THE PRIMARY STRUCTURE. WELDING REQUIREMENTS: ALL WELDING SHALL MEET AWS /WABO CODES FOR ARC WELDING IN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN THE SPECIAL PROCEDURE OF THIS SECTION, ELECTRODES MAY BE E70 (70 KSI MINIMUM). ELECTRODES MUST BE KEPT DRY AT ALL TIMES. MINIMUM WELDS SHALL BE 3/I6" OR AS NOTED IN SECTION J.2b OF AISC (WHICHEVER IS LARGER) ALL WELDING OF STAINLESS STEEL SHALL USE E309 ELECTRODES WITH A GMAC PROCESS FIELD AND SHOP WELDING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AWS /WABO CERTIFIED WELDERS. GLUE LAMINATED TIMBER: BENDING STRESS Fb 2400 psi TENSION, TYP MOISTURE CONTENT I6% MAX. STANDARD CAMBER 3,500 FT. RADIUS U.N.O. GLU -LAM TIMBER REFERRED TO IN THESE PLANS ARE DOUGLAS FIR COMBINATION 24F -V4 FOR SIMPLE SPANS AND 24F -V8 FOR CANTILEVER AND CONTINUOUS SPANS. AITC 117 -MOST RECENT EDITION SHALL BE THE BASIS FOR ALL ERECTION AND FABRICATION. WET -USE ADHESIVES ARE REQUIRED. ALL WOOD I" AND CLOSER TO CONCRETE SHALL BE TREATED WITH AN APPROVED PRESERVATIVE. ALL NAILS IN TREATED TIMBER SHALL BE GALVANIZED. STEEL STUDS AND JOISTS: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: STEEL STUD MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION, LATEST EDITION SHALL GOVERN FOR ALL STEEL STUDS 4 JOISTS SPECIFIED. DEPTH, GAUGE, AND SECTION PROPERTIES OF STEEL STUDS AND JOISTS SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THOSE OF THE SECTIONS SPECIFIED (LARR 25821). G -60 GALVANIZED COATING PER ASTM A653 IS REQUIRED FOR ALL STEEL STUDS AND JOISTS ALL SCREWS SHALL BE SELF - TAPPING / SELF- DRILLING FASTENERS THAT ARE ZINC COATED AS MANUFACTURED BY HILTI KWIK -FLEX (ICC ESR -2I96, LARR 25095) OR APPROVED EQUAL. THE MINIMUM SCREW SIZE TO BE #8 -I8 ( #2 POINT) OR #10 -I6 ( #2 POINT) FOR 54 MIL (16 GA) OR LESS AND #10 -I6 (#3 POINT) OR #12 -14 ( #2 OR #3 POINT) FOR MATERIAL HEAVIER THAN 54 MIL (16 GA) U.N.O. ON THE DRAWINGS. SCREWS FOR SHEATHING CONNECTIONS SHALL BE OF THE PROPER SIZE AND TYPE FOR A POSITIVE SHEATHING TO METAL CONNECTION. ALL SCREW CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE FROM THE LIGHTER MATERIAL INTO THE HEAVIER MATERIAL U.N.O. SCREWS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM PROJECTION OF 3 THREADS THROUGH THE LAST MATERIAL JOINED AND SHALL HAVE MINIMUM EDGE DISTANCES AND CENTER TO CENTER SPACINGS OF 1/2 INCH. ALL SCREWS SHALL CONFORM TO SAE J78 AND SI-IALL BE COATED WITH A CORROSIVE RESISTANT COATING. THE SCREW MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE VERIFICATION OF THE FASTENERS RESISTANCE TO HYDROGEN EMBRITTLEMENT. ALL FRAMING COMPONENTS SHALL BE SQUARE CUT FOR ATTACHMENT TO PERPENDICULAR MEMBERS. STUDS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A MANNER WHICH WILL ASSURE THAT ENDS OF THE STUDS ARE POSITIONED AGAINST THE INSIDE TRACK WEB PRIOR TO STUD AND TRACK ATTACHMENT. PROVIDE WALL BRIDGING AT 48" 0/C PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS WHERE WALL IS NOT SHEATHED CONTINUOUSLY ON BOTH SIDES AND AS SHOWN IN DRAWINGS. PROVIDE WALL BRIDGING PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS FOR WALLS DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS WHERE THEY ARE NOT SHEATHED PRIOR TO RESISTING LOADS. JOISTS SHALL BE LOCATED DIRECTLY OVER STUDS, TYPICAL. NO SPLICES ARE PERMITTED IN STUDS. ALL SECTIONS SHALL BE FORMED FROM STEEL THAT CORRESPONDS TO THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 97, 68 4 54 MIL. THICKNESS (GAGES 12, 14 4 16) - - -- ASTM A -653 GRADE D, YIELD 50 KSI, Fu= 65K51 43, 33 27 MIL. THICKNESS (GAGES 18, 20 4 22) - - -- ASTM A -635 GRADE A, YIELD 33 K51, Fu= 451(51 ALL TRACKS, BRIDGING, STRAPS ETC. ARE TO BE FORMED FROM STEEL OF THE SAME THICKNESS AS THE STUDS OR JOISTS TO WHICH THEY ARE ATTACHED, U.N.O. METAL STUD DESIGNATION 15 THUS: '600' - MEMBER DEPTH IN 1 /100 INCH (6 ") '5' - STYLE OF MEMBER (5 = STUD /JOIST, T = TRACK, U = CHANNEL, F = FURRING CHANNEL) 'I62' - MEMBER FLANGE WIDTH IN 1 /100 INCH (1.625" = I -5/89 '54' - MINIMUM STEEL THICKNESS IN MILS (54 MILS. = 0.054 ", OLD DESIGNATION OF 16 GA.) SPECIAL INSPECTIONS: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: ALL SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE 2009 IBC, CHAPTER 17. ALL INSPECTIONS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 110 OF THE 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE ARE REQUIRED. INSPECTIONS SPECIFIED IN THESE NOTES ARE IN ADDITION TO THESE INSPECTIONS. CITY INSPECTION IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR SPECIAL INSPECTION. ANY WORK MICH HAS BEEN COVERED BUT NOT PROPERLY INSPECTED BY THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR AND /OR THE CITY INSPECTOR IS SUBJECT TO REMOVAL OR EXPOSURE. WHERE SPECIFICALLY REQUIRED, CONTINUOUS INSPECTION 15 REQUIRED DURING THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. THIS MAY BE A REQUIREMENT OF THE BUILDING CODE / LOCAL JURISDICTION OR THE MANUFACTURER. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR MUST BE CERTIFIED TO PERFORM THE TYPES OF INSPECTION SPECIFIED AND SHALL DEMONSTRATE COMPETENCE TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTACTING AND INFORMING THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR OR CITY INSPECTOR AT LEAST ONE WORKING DAY BEFORE THE WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED UNLESS OTHER CONDITIONS ARE AGREED UPON. REQUIREMENTS OF THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR: THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR MUST WORK UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF A WASHINGTON LICENSED CIVIL ENGINEER. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR MUST PERSONALLY BE FAMILIAR WITH THE DRAWINGS AND MUST PERSONALLY OBSERVE ALL OF THE WORK REPORTED ON. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL FURNISH INSPECTION REPORTS TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND ENGINEER. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR CORRECTION; THEN, IF NOT CORRECTED, TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND ENGINEER. THE FINAL REPORT SHALL BE SIGNED BY A WASHINGTON LICENSED CIVIL ENGINEER AND SHALL STATE THAT THE WORK WAS IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE APPROVED DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND THE APPLICABLE WORKMANSHIP PROVISIONS OF IBC. SPECIFIC SPECIAL INSPECTIONS REQUIRED: ALL WELDING OF STEEL EXCEPT WELDING PERFORMED IN AN AISC APPROVED SHOP. DISCLAIMER: THESE DOCUMENTS AND THE DESIGN ARE SPECIFIC TO THIS PROJECT ONLY AND MAY NOT BE REUSED IN ANY WAY WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL OF ARMOUR UNSDERFER ENGINEERING. IT 15 OUR INTENT THAT THIS DESIGN MEETS THE NORMAL STANDARD OF CARE WITHIN THIS INDUSTRY. NO OTHER WARRANTY IS PROVIDED OR IMPLIED. RE VI E VVE6 FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 13 2011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION (E) GIB 3 I /8X(8 (E) 4X14 (E) 2X12 @ 2' -0" O.C, (E) 2X12 @ 2' -0" O.C. f(E) ROOF EDGE (E) (2) 2X12 SEE 7/5 -002 FOR TOWER LEG (E) 2X6 @ 2' -0" 0.0. (E) 2X12 @ 2' -0" O.C. 5 1/4" X 9 1/4" PSL (2.0E) JOISTS AT EA (E) JOIST, SISTER TOGETHER W/ (2) ROWS OF 16d NAILS AT 12" O.C., SPACE ROWS AT 5" O.C. (E) (2) 2X10 GLB 5 1/8 OUTLINE OF CORNICE PER ARCH (E) 2X12 @ 2' -0" O.C. (E) 4X14 HhINk PLAN NORTH ROOF FRA SCALE: G PLA (E) 4X14 (E) (2) 2X12 SEE 7/5 -002 FOR TOWER LEG (E) (2) 2X10 / // / • / / /N,/,/./ y- �/ ,�f `•'/ j / ENTRY PARAPET • IIIt ENTRY CANOPY BY OTHERS .5. OF (E) GLB ---2' -6" O.C. _ — 2 GLB 5 1/8 1 /8 " =li_0n bos'o P: \11000 \11044 Key Bank Andover Park \11044 Key Bank Andover Park S001.dwg RECEIVED JUN 02 2011 PERMIT CENTER CALLISON www.callisc ANDOVER PARK ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 BID SET 03/28/11 04/18/11 BULLETIN #1 04/25/11 NOTE: THESE DRAWINGS ARE BASED ON A LIMITED AMOUNT OF INFORMATION FOR AN EXISTING BUILDING. CONTRACTOR MUST FIELD VERIFY CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER IF CONDITIONS ARE OTHER THAN AS SHOWN PRIOR TO MODIFICATION. NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THESE STRUCTURAL PLANS ARE FOR GENERAL REFERENCE ONLY. THE CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING ALL DIMENSIONS AND ANY DISCREPANCIES MUST BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY. 4/25/11 6:35 PM COPYRIGHT © 2011 ARMOUR UNSDERFER ENGINEERING, INC., P.S. GENERAL NOTES AND ROOF PLAN S -001 1 2 4 5 6 9 10 FULL BLOCKING, EXTEND MINIMUM 12" BEYOND STRAP E.S. L 2 X 2 X 68 MIL CLIP AT EA STUD, FASTEN 70 EA STUD W/ (6) #10 SCREWS, FASTEN TO (E) DBL JOIST W/ (4) SIMPSON SDS 1/4 X 2 1/2" SCREWS (2) 5/8" DIA A307 BOLTS AT 15" O.C., CENTER IN BLOCKING DETAIL A NOTE: SHEATH WALL AND CRICKET WITH MINIMUM 1/2" APA RATED PLYWOOD, FASTEN WITH #8 SCREWS AT 6" O.C. AT THE PANEL EDGES, 12" O.C. N FIELD 6005137 -43 AT EA BRACE, FASTEN 70 EA BRACE W (3) #10 SCREWS L2X2X43MILCLIPATEA STUD, FASTEN TO EA STUD W/ (3) #10 SCREWS, FASTEN TO (E) BLKG W/ #10 SCREW DETAIL A SIMPSON 1-17520 AT EA BRACE, FASTEN TO BRACE W/ (4) #I0 SCREWS, FASTEN TO BLOCKING IN JOIST W/ (12) I0d NAILS CORNICE BY OTHERS CONT. 6007125 -43 T 4B, FASTEN TO EA STUD WITH #I0 SCREW E.S. OF STUD 6005137 -43 STUDS AT 16" O.C. CONT. 43 MIL BENT PLATE X 4" FASTEN TO EA STUD W/ #I0 SCREW, FASTEN TO EA BRACE W/ #I0 SCREW (6) #10 SCREWS AT EA BRACE 6005162 -54 BRACE AT 48" O.C. CLIP BRACE FLANGES AND SANDWICH BTW (E) JOIST AND NEW JOIST, FASTEN TO JOISTS It STUDS W/ 5/8" DIA THRU BOLT 2' -0" MAX 6" MIN I 5/8" DIA A307 BOLT, TYP 800SI62 -54 E.S., EXTEND 2" PAST STRONG BACK CHANNELS SHALL BE TIGHT TO (E) JOISTS CONT. 600T200 -43 STRONG BACK, FASTEN 70 EA STUD W (3) #I0 SCREWS, FASTEN TO EA HORIZ SUPPORT W/ #I0 SCREW, SEE 4/5 -002 FOR STRONG BACK END (E) 5 1/8" GLB 6005137 -43 BRACE AT 48" O.C. (E) SOFFIT FRAMING (4) #IO SCREWS AT EA BRACE TYPICAL NEW PARAPET STEEL CANOPY BY OTHERS PL5 /8X8XI2" SCALE: 5/8" DIA A307 BOLTS AT 16" O.C. (E) GLB PL TO CHANNEL FLANGE, TYP / 3 /I6 V 5 -002 ®3" (E) GLB (E) GLB REINFORCEMENT 1/2 " =1' -0" FULL BLOCKING, EXTEND MINIMUM 12" BEYOND STRAP E.S. L 2 X 2 X 68 MIL CLIP AT EA STUD, FASTEN TO EA STUD W (6) #10 SCREWS, FASTEN TO (E) DBL JOIST W/ (4) SIMPSON SDS 1/4 X 2 1/2" SCREWS (2) 5/8" DIA A307 BOLTS AT 15" 0.C., CENTER IN BLOCKING NOTE: SEE- I/5 -002 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 5/8" DIA A307 BOLT AT 12" 0.C. DETAIL A DETAIL A SIMPSON 1 -17520 AT EA BRACE, FASTEN TO BRACE W/ (4) #10 SCREWS, FASTEN TO BLOCKING IN JOIST W/ (12) 10d NAILS CORNICE BY OTHERS CONT. 600TI25 -43 T B, FASTEN TO EA STUD WITH #I0 SCREW E.S. OF STUD 6005137 -43 STUDS AT 16" 0.C. \ 1 CONT. 43 MIL BENT PLATE X 4" FASTEN TO EA STUD W #I0 SCREW, FASTEN TO EA BRACE W/ #10 SCREW 400T200 -43 AT 24" O.C., FASTEN TO GLB W/ (3) #I0 SCREWS FASTEN TO WALL STUDS W/ (3) #10 SCREWS J 6005162 -54 BRACE AT 48" 0.C. 1 I _F IPA 14V lag iio inns SIMPSON LSTAI2 AT EA BRACE, WRAP AROUND GLB SIMPSON L50 AT EA BRACE 711 1/8" MAX GAP _. el BTW TRACK AND STUD I CONT. 800TI50 -68, 8005162 -54 @ 24" 0.C., FASTEN TO EA STUD EXTEND 2" PAST W/ #I0 SCREW E.S. STRONG BACK L3X3X68 MIL AT EA HORIZONTAL STUD, FASTEN TO EA STUD W/ (8) #10 SCREWS, FASTEN TO GLB IW/ (7) SIMPSON I /4" X 3 1/2" SDS SCREWS 6005137 -43 BRACE AT 48" O.C. (4) #I0 SCREWS AT EA BRACE (6) #10 SCREWS AT EA BRACE GLB 5 I /8X12, EXTEND TO SUPPORTS BELOW CORNICE BY OTHERS CONT. 600TI25 -43 T #B, FASTEN TO EA STUD WITH #I0 SCREW E.S. OF STUD, FASTEN TO BLOCKING W (2) #I0 SCREWS 6005137 -43 STUDS AT 16" 0.C. CONT. 43 MIL BENT PLATE X 4" FASTEN TO EA STUD W/ #10 SCREW, FASTEN TO EA BRACE W #I0 SCREW 6005162 -54 BRACE AT 48" 0.C. L2X2X68MIL CLIP ATEA STUD, FASTEN TO EA STUD W/ (6) #I0 SCREWS, FASTEN TO (E) DBL JOIST W (4) SIMPSON SDS 1/4 X 2 I/2" SCREWS CONT. 400T200 -43 STRONG BACK, FASTEN TO EA STUD W/ (3) #10 SCREWS, FASTEN TO EA HORIZ SUPPORT W/ #10 SCREW, SEE 4/5 -002 FOR STRONG BACK LAP 2x BLOCKING AT 24" O.C., ALIGN WITH VERTICAL WALL STUDS, FASTEN 70 (E) JOISTS E.S. W/ SIMPSON LS50 CLIPS SIMPSON 1-1T520 AT EA BRACE, FASTEN TO BRACE W/ (4) #10 SCREWS, FASTEN TO GLB W/ (12) I0d NAILS EXTEND STRONG BACK TO FIRST TWO STUDS AFTER GLB 2" IN (E)2X6JOISTS AT 24' 0.C. PARAPET WALL STUD CL GLB (E) 2 X 10 JOISTS AT 24" 0.C. STRONG BACK 2" MIN STRONG BACK EXTEND STRONG BACK 70 FIRST STUD AFTER GLB 2 NEW PARAPET Al EDGE c002 3FREE 57ANDING WALL ON ROOF 4 STRONG BACK LAP 5-W3 YME IR' -I'-0' SCALE: 11I•I' -0' S[OZ SCALE: If2' -I1-0' 6' -0" MIN NOTE: PARAPET WALL BRACING NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY 4' -0" FILL EVERY OTHER HOLE W/ 10d NAILS SIMPSON C520 AT EA ROW OF BLOCKING FILL EVERY OTHER HOLE W/ I0d NAILS FASTEN BLOCKING TO JOIST TOP CHORD W 10d TOED, E.S. 2X4 FLAT BLOCKING BETWEEN JOIST TOP CHORDS, ALIGN WITH (E) 2X10 JOISTS PARAPET DRAG (E) JOIST IMMO b\_/ (E) JOIST SCALE: 3/4 " =I' -0" 5 -002 (E) STRIP —\ik FOOTING BELOW 15" MAX TOWER SOFFIT ABOVE PLAN VIEW OF TOWER LEG SCALE: 3/4 " =1' -0" 5 -002 SCALE: 3/4 " =I' -0" (E) BUILDING WALL (E) SLAB 014 GRADE AND STEMWALL FOOTING WALL SHEATHING 6005137 -43 STUDS AT 16" 0.C. 600T125 -43, FASTEN TO EA STUD WITH #10 SCREW E.5. OF STUD #4 VERTICAL AT 12" 0.C., E.S. OF FOOTING (4) #4 HORIZONTAL #4 DOWEL AT 12" 0.C., DRILL AND EPDXY INTO (E) FOOTING W/ HILTI RE -500 SD EPDXY, 4" EMBEDMENT TOWER LEG FOOTING bo sn RECEIVED JUN 02 2011 PERMITCENTER SCALE: 3/4 " =I' -0" 2 CALLISON ANDOVER PARK • CD L 0 00 00 00 N O l) N 0 ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 BID SET 03/28/11 PERMIT REVISION #1 04/18/11 BULLETIN #1 04/25/11 P: \11000\11044 Key Bank Andover Park111044 Key Bank Andover Park S001.dwg 4/25/11 6:35 PM COPYRIGHT © 2011 ARMOUR UNSDERFER ENGINEERING, INC., P.S. DETAILS S -002